LLVM 24.0.0git
TargetLowering.h
Go to the documentation of this file.
1//===- llvm/CodeGen/TargetLowering.h - Target Lowering Info -----*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8///
9/// \file
10/// This file describes how to lower LLVM code to machine code. This has two
11/// main components:
12///
13/// 1. Which ValueTypes are natively supported by the target.
14/// 2. Which operations are supported for supported ValueTypes.
15/// 3. Cost thresholds for alternative implementations of certain operations.
16///
17/// In addition it has a few other components, like information about FP
18/// immediates.
19///
20//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
21
22#ifndef LLVM_CODEGEN_TARGETLOWERING_H
23#define LLVM_CODEGEN_TARGETLOWERING_H
24
25#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
26#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
27#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
29#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
42#include "llvm/IR/Attributes.h"
43#include "llvm/IR/CallingConv.h"
44#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
46#include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
47#include "llvm/IR/InlineAsm.h"
48#include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h"
51#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
58#include <algorithm>
59#include <cassert>
60#include <climits>
61#include <cstdint>
62#include <map>
63#include <string>
64#include <utility>
65#include <vector>
66
67namespace llvm {
68
69class AssumptionCache;
70class CCState;
71class CCValAssign;
74class Constant;
75enum class ExceptionHandling : int;
76class FastISel;
78class GlobalValue;
79class Loop;
81class IntrinsicInst;
82class IRBuilderBase;
83struct KnownBits;
84class LLVMContext;
86class MachineFunction;
87class MachineInstr;
89class MachineLoop;
91class MCContext;
92class MCExpr;
93class Module;
96class TargetMachine;
97class MCRegisterClass;
101class Value;
102class VPIntrinsic;
103
104namespace Sched {
105
107 None, // No preference
108 Source, // Follow source order.
109 RegPressure, // Scheduling for lowest register pressure.
110 Hybrid, // Scheduling for both latency and register pressure.
111 ILP, // Scheduling for ILP in low register pressure mode.
112 VLIW, // Scheduling for VLIW targets.
113 Fast, // Fast suboptimal list scheduling
114 Linearize, // Linearize DAG, no scheduling
115 Last = Linearize // Marker for the last Sched::Preference
116};
117
118} // end namespace Sched
119
120// MemOp models a memory operation, either memset or memcpy/memmove.
121struct MemOp {
122private:
123 enum class MemOpKind {
124 Memset,
125 MemsetWithZero, // memset the memory with zeros
126 Memcpy, // copy memory from source to destination, source and destination do
127 // not overlap
128 MemcpyStrSrc, // memcpy source is an in-register constant, so it does not
129 // need to be loaded
130 Memmove, // memmove: like memcpy, but source and destination regions may
131 // overlap
132 };
133
134 // Shared
135 uint64_t Size;
136 bool DstAlignCanChange; // true if destination alignment can satisfy any
137 // constraint.
138 Align DstAlign; // Specified alignment of the memory operation.
139
140 bool IsVolatile;
141 MemOpKind Kind;
142 Align SrcAlign; // Inferred alignment of the source or default value if the
143 // memory operation does not need to load the value.
144public:
145 static MemOp Copy(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign,
146 Align SrcAlign, bool IsVolatile,
147 bool MemcpyStrSrc = false) {
148 MemOp Op;
149 Op.Size = Size;
150 Op.DstAlignCanChange = DstAlignCanChange;
151 Op.DstAlign = DstAlign;
152 Op.IsVolatile = IsVolatile;
153 Op.Kind = MemcpyStrSrc ? MemOpKind::MemcpyStrSrc : MemOpKind::Memcpy;
154 Op.SrcAlign = SrcAlign;
155 return Op;
156 }
157
158 static MemOp Move(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign,
159 Align SrcAlign, bool IsVolatile) {
160 MemOp Op;
161 Op.Size = Size;
162 Op.DstAlignCanChange = DstAlignCanChange;
163 Op.DstAlign = DstAlign;
164 Op.IsVolatile = IsVolatile;
165 Op.Kind = MemOpKind::Memmove;
166 Op.SrcAlign = SrcAlign;
167 return Op;
168 }
169
170 static MemOp Set(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign,
171 bool IsZeroMemset, bool IsVolatile) {
172 MemOp Op;
173 Op.Size = Size;
174 Op.DstAlignCanChange = DstAlignCanChange;
175 Op.DstAlign = DstAlign;
176 Op.IsVolatile = IsVolatile;
177 Op.Kind = IsZeroMemset ? MemOpKind::MemsetWithZero : MemOpKind::Memset;
178 return Op;
179 }
180
181 uint64_t size() const { return Size; }
183 assert(!DstAlignCanChange);
184 return DstAlign;
185 }
186 bool isFixedDstAlign() const { return !DstAlignCanChange; }
187 bool isVolatile() const { return IsVolatile; }
188 bool isMemset() const {
189 return Kind == MemOpKind::Memset || Kind == MemOpKind::MemsetWithZero;
190 }
191 bool isMemcpy() const {
192 return Kind == MemOpKind::Memcpy || Kind == MemOpKind::MemcpyStrSrc;
193 }
194 bool isMemmove() const { return Kind == MemOpKind::Memmove; }
195 bool isMemcpyOrMemmove() const { return isMemcpy() || isMemmove(); }
197 return isMemcpyOrMemmove() && !DstAlignCanChange;
198 }
199 bool isZeroMemset() const { return Kind == MemOpKind::MemsetWithZero; }
200 bool isMemcpyStrSrc() const { return Kind == MemOpKind::MemcpyStrSrc; }
202 assert(isMemcpyOrMemmove() && "Must be a memcpy or memmove");
203 return SrcAlign;
204 }
205 bool isSrcAligned(Align AlignCheck) const {
206 return isMemset() || llvm::isAligned(AlignCheck, SrcAlign.value());
207 }
208 bool isDstAligned(Align AlignCheck) const {
209 return DstAlignCanChange || llvm::isAligned(AlignCheck, DstAlign.value());
210 }
211 bool isAligned(Align AlignCheck) const {
212 return isSrcAligned(AlignCheck) && isDstAligned(AlignCheck);
213 }
214};
215
216/// This base class for TargetLowering contains the SelectionDAG-independent
217/// parts that can be used from the rest of CodeGen.
219public:
220 /// This enum indicates whether operations are valid for a target, and if not,
221 /// what action should be used to make them valid.
223 Legal, // The target natively supports this operation.
224 Promote, // This operation should be executed in a larger type.
225 Expand, // Try to expand this to other ops, otherwise use a libcall.
226 LibCall, // Don't try to expand this to other ops, always use a libcall.
227 Custom // Use the LowerOperation hook to implement custom lowering.
228 };
229
230 /// This enum indicates whether a types are legal for a target, and if not,
231 /// what action should be used to make them valid.
233 TypeLegal, // The target natively supports this type.
234 TypePromoteInteger, // Replace this integer with a larger one.
235 TypeExpandInteger, // Split this integer into two of half the size.
236 TypeSoftenFloat, // Convert this float to a same size integer type.
237 TypeExpandFloat, // Split this float into two of half the size.
238 TypeScalarizeVector, // Replace this one-element vector with its element.
239 TypeSplitVector, // Split this vector into two of half the size.
240 TypeWidenVector, // This vector should be widened into a larger vector.
241 TypeSoftPromoteHalf, // Soften half to i16 and use float to do arithmetic.
242 TypeScalarizeScalableVector, // This action is explicitly left
243 // unimplemented. While it is theoretically
244 // possible to legalize operations on scalable
245 // types with a loop that handles the vscale *
246 // #lanes of the vector, this is non-trivial at
247 // SelectionDAG level and these types are
248 // better to be widened or promoted.
249 };
250
251 /// LegalizeKind holds the legalization kind that needs to happen to EVT
252 /// in order to type-legalize it.
253 using LegalizeKind = std::pair<LegalizeTypeAction, EVT>;
254
255 /// Enum that describes how the target represents true/false values.
257 UndefinedBooleanContent, // Only bit 0 counts, the rest can hold garbage.
258 ZeroOrOneBooleanContent, // All bits zero except for bit 0.
259 ZeroOrNegativeOneBooleanContent // All bits equal to bit 0.
260 };
261
262 /// Enum that describes what type of support for selects the target has.
264 ScalarValSelect, // The target supports scalar selects (ex: cmov).
265 ScalarCondVectorVal, // The target supports selects with a scalar condition
266 // and vector values (ex: cmov).
267 VectorMaskSelect // The target supports vector selects with a vector
268 // mask (ex: x86 blends).
269 };
270
271 /// Enum that specifies what an atomic load/AtomicRMWInst is expanded
272 /// to, if at all. Exists because different targets have different levels of
273 /// support for these atomic instructions, and also have different options
274 /// w.r.t. what they should expand to.
276 None, // Don't expand the instruction.
277 CastToInteger, // Cast the atomic instruction to another type, e.g. from
278 // floating-point to integer type.
279 LLSC, // Expand the instruction into loadlinked/storeconditional; used
280 // by ARM/AArch64/PowerPC.
281 LLOnly, // Expand the (load) instruction into just a load-linked, which has
282 // greater atomic guarantees than a normal load.
283 CmpXChg, // Expand the instruction into cmpxchg; used by at least X86.
284 MaskedIntrinsic, // Use a target-specific intrinsic for the LL/SC loop.
285 BitTestIntrinsic, // Use a target-specific intrinsic for special bit
286 // operations; used by X86.
287 CmpArithIntrinsic, // Use a target-specific intrinsic for special compare
288 // operations; used by X86.
289 Expand, // Generic expansion in terms of other atomic operations.
290 CustomExpand, // Custom target-specific expansion using TLI hooks.
291
292 // Rewrite to a non-atomic form for use in a known non-preemptible
293 // environment.
295 };
296
297 /// Enum that specifies when a multiplication should be expanded.
298 enum class MulExpansionKind {
299 Always, // Always expand the instruction.
300 OnlyLegalOrCustom, // Only expand when the resulting instructions are legal
301 // or custom.
302 };
303
304 /// Enum that specifies when a float negation is beneficial.
305 enum class NegatibleCost {
306 Cheaper = 0, // Negated expression is cheaper.
307 Neutral = 1, // Negated expression has the same cost.
308 Expensive = 2 // Negated expression is more expensive.
309 };
310
311 /// Enum that specifies how expensive lowering an EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR is.
313 Free = 0, // Lowers to no instruction at all, e.g. a subregister copy.
314 Cheap = 1, // Lowers to at most one instruction, and may still be free if
315 // the target can fold the extract into the instruction
316 // consuming it (e.g. a widening op that reads the high half of
317 // a register).
318 Expensive = 2 // Needs a shuffle sequence that cannot be folded away.
319 };
320
321 /// Enum of different potentially desirable ways to fold (and/or (setcc ...),
322 /// (setcc ...)).
324 None = 0, // No fold is preferable.
325 AddAnd = 1, // Fold with `Add` op and `And` op is preferable.
326 NotAnd = 2, // Fold with `Not` op and `And` op is preferable.
327 ABS = 4, // Fold with `llvm.abs` op is preferable.
328 };
329
331 public:
334 /// Original unlegalized argument type.
336 /// Same as OrigTy, or partially legalized for soft float libcalls.
338 bool IsSExt : 1;
339 bool IsZExt : 1;
340 bool IsNoExt : 1;
341 bool IsInReg : 1;
342 bool IsSRet : 1;
343 bool IsNest : 1;
344 bool IsByVal : 1;
345 bool IsByRef : 1;
346 bool IsInAlloca : 1;
348 bool IsReturned : 1;
349 bool IsSwiftSelf : 1;
350 bool IsSwiftAsync : 1;
351 bool IsSwiftError : 1;
353 MaybeAlign Alignment = std::nullopt;
354 Type *IndirectType = nullptr;
355
362
366 setExtAttribute(ExtAttr);
367 }
368
371 : ArgListEntry(nullptr, Node, Ty) {
372 setExtAttribute(ExtAttr);
373 }
374
375 LLVM_ABI void setAttributes(const CallBase *Call, unsigned ArgIdx);
376 LLVM_ABI void setAttributes(const AttributeList &Attrs, unsigned ArgIdx);
377 LLVM_ABI void setExtAttribute(Attribute::AttrKind Attr);
378 };
379 using ArgListTy = std::vector<ArgListEntry>;
380
382 switch (Content) {
384 // Extend by adding rubbish bits.
385 return ISD::ANY_EXTEND;
387 // Extend by adding zero bits.
388 return ISD::ZERO_EXTEND;
390 // Extend by copying the sign bit.
391 return ISD::SIGN_EXTEND;
392 }
393 llvm_unreachable("Invalid content kind");
394 }
395
396 explicit TargetLoweringBase(const TargetMachine &TM,
397 const TargetSubtargetInfo &STI);
401
402 /// Return true if the target support strict float operation
403 bool isStrictFPEnabled() const {
404 return IsStrictFPEnabled;
405 }
406
407protected:
408 /// Initialize all of the actions to default values.
409 void initActions();
410
411public:
412 const TargetMachine &getTargetMachine() const { return TM; }
413
414 virtual bool useSoftFloat() const { return false; }
415
416 /// Return the pointer type for the given address space, defaults to
417 /// the pointer type from the data layout.
418 /// FIXME: The default needs to be removed once all the code is updated.
419 virtual MVT getPointerTy(const DataLayout &DL, uint32_t AS = 0) const {
420 return MVT::getIntegerVT(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(AS));
421 }
422
423 /// Return the in-memory pointer type for the given address space, defaults to
424 /// the pointer type from the data layout.
425 /// FIXME: The default needs to be removed once all the code is updated.
426 virtual MVT getPointerMemTy(const DataLayout &DL, uint32_t AS = 0) const {
427 return MVT::getIntegerVT(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(AS));
428 }
429
430 /// Return the type for frame index, which is determined by
431 /// the alloca address space specified through the data layout.
433 return getPointerTy(DL, DL.getAllocaAddrSpace());
434 }
435
436 /// Return the type for code pointers, which is determined by the program
437 /// address space specified through the data layout.
439 return getPointerTy(DL, DL.getProgramAddressSpace());
440 }
441
442 /// Return the type for operands of fence.
443 /// TODO: Let fence operands be of i32 type and remove this.
444 virtual MVT getFenceOperandTy(const DataLayout &DL) const {
445 return getPointerTy(DL);
446 }
447
448 /// Return the type to use for a scalar shift opcode, given the shifted amount
449 /// type. Targets should return a legal type if the input type is legal.
450 /// Targets can return a type that is too small if the input type is illegal.
451 virtual MVT getScalarShiftAmountTy(const DataLayout &, EVT) const;
452
453 /// Returns the type for the shift amount of a shift opcode. For vectors,
454 /// returns the input type. For scalars, calls getScalarShiftAmountTy.
455 /// If getScalarShiftAmountTy type cannot represent all possible shift
456 /// amounts, returns MVT::i32.
457 EVT getShiftAmountTy(EVT LHSTy, const DataLayout &DL) const;
458
459 /// Return the preferred type to use for a shift opcode, given the shifted
460 /// amount type is \p ShiftValueTy.
462 virtual LLT getPreferredShiftAmountTy(LLT ShiftValueTy) const {
463 return ShiftValueTy;
464 }
465
466 /// Returns the type to be used for the index operand vector operations. By
467 /// default we assume it will have the same size as an address space 0
468 /// pointer.
469 virtual unsigned getVectorIdxWidth(const DataLayout &DL) const {
470 return DL.getPointerSizeInBits(0);
471 }
472
473 /// Returns the type to be used for the index operand of:
474 /// ISD::INSERT_VECTOR_ELT, ISD::EXTRACT_VECTOR_ELT,
475 /// ISD::INSERT_SUBVECTOR, and ISD::EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR
479
480 /// Returns the type to be used for the index operand of:
481 /// G_INSERT_VECTOR_ELT, G_EXTRACT_VECTOR_ELT,
482 /// G_INSERT_SUBVECTOR, and G_EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR
485 }
486
487 /// Returns the type to be used for the EVL/AVL operand of VP nodes:
488 /// ISD::VP_UDIV, ISD::VP_SDIV, etc. It must be a legal scalar integer type,
489 /// and must be at least as large as i32. The EVL is implicitly zero-extended
490 /// to any larger type.
491 virtual MVT getVPExplicitVectorLengthTy() const { return MVT::i32; }
492
493 /// This callback is used to inspect load/store instructions and add
494 /// target-specific MachineMemOperand flags to them. The default
495 /// implementation does nothing.
499
500 /// This callback is used to inspect load/store SDNode.
501 /// The default implementation does nothing.
506
507 MachineMemOperand::Flags getLoadMemOperandFlags(
508 const LoadInst &LI, const DataLayout &DL, AssumptionCache *AC = nullptr,
509 const TargetLibraryInfo *LibInfo = nullptr,
511 MachineMemOperand::Flags getStoreMemOperandFlags(const StoreInst &SI,
512 const DataLayout &DL) const;
513 MachineMemOperand::Flags getAtomicMemOperandFlags(const Instruction &AI,
514 const DataLayout &DL) const;
516 getVPIntrinsicMemOperandFlags(const VPIntrinsic &VPIntrin) const;
517
518 virtual bool isSelectSupported(SelectSupportKind /*kind*/) const {
519 return true;
520 }
521
522 /// Return true if the @llvm.get.active.lane.mask intrinsic should be expanded
523 /// using generic code in SelectionDAGBuilder.
524 virtual bool shouldExpandGetActiveLaneMask(EVT VT, EVT OpVT) const {
525 return true;
526 }
527
528 virtual bool shouldExpandGetVectorLength(EVT CountVT, unsigned VF,
529 bool IsScalable) const {
530 return true;
531 }
532
533 /// Return the minimum number of bits required to hold the maximum possible
534 /// number of trailing zero vector elements.
535 unsigned getBitWidthForCttzElements(EVT RetVT, ElementCount EC,
536 bool ZeroIsPoison,
537 const ConstantRange *VScaleRange) const;
538
539 // Return true if op(vecreduce(x), vecreduce(y)) should be reassociated to
540 // vecreduce(op(x, y)) for the reduction opcode RedOpc.
541 virtual bool shouldReassociateReduction(unsigned RedOpc, EVT VT) const {
542 return true;
543 }
544
545 /// Return true if it is profitable to convert a select of FP constants into
546 /// a constant pool load whose address depends on the select condition. The
547 /// parameter may be used to differentiate a select with FP compare from
548 /// integer compare.
549 virtual bool reduceSelectOfFPConstantLoads(EVT CmpOpVT) const {
550 return true;
551 }
552
553 /// Does the target have multiple (allocatable) condition registers that
554 /// can be used to store the results of comparisons for use by selects
555 /// and conditional branches. With multiple condition registers, the code
556 /// generator will not aggressively sink comparisons into the blocks of their
557 /// users. \p VT is the type of the condition value, e.g. the type of the
558 /// result of a comparison.
559 virtual bool hasMultipleConditionRegisters(EVT VT) const { return false; }
560
561 /// Return true if the target has BitExtract instructions.
562 bool hasExtractBitsInsn() const { return HasExtractBitsInsn; }
563
564 /// Return the preferred vector type legalization action.
567 // The default action for one element vectors is to scalarize
569 return TypeScalarizeVector;
570 // The default action for an odd-width vector is to widen.
571 if (!VT.isPow2VectorType())
572 return TypeWidenVector;
573 // The default action for other vectors is to promote
574 return TypePromoteInteger;
575 }
576
577 // Return true if, for soft-promoted half, the half type should be passed to
578 // and returned from functions as f32. The default behavior is to pass as
579 // i16. If soft-promoted half is not used, this function is ignored and
580 // values are always passed and returned as f32.
581 virtual bool useFPRegsForHalfType() const { return false; }
582
583 // There are two general methods for expanding a BUILD_VECTOR node:
584 // 1. Use SCALAR_TO_VECTOR on the defined scalar values and then shuffle
585 // them together.
586 // 2. Build the vector on the stack and then load it.
587 // If this function returns true, then method (1) will be used, subject to
588 // the constraint that all of the necessary shuffles are legal (as determined
589 // by isShuffleMaskLegal). If this function returns false, then method (2) is
590 // always used. The vector type, and the number of defined values, are
591 // provided.
592 virtual bool
594 unsigned DefinedValues) const {
595 return DefinedValues < 3;
596 }
597
598 /// Return true if integer divide is usually cheaper than a sequence of
599 /// several shifts, adds, and multiplies for this target.
600 /// The definition of "cheaper" may depend on whether we're optimizing
601 /// for speed or for size.
602 virtual bool isIntDivCheap(EVT VT, AttributeList Attr) const { return false; }
603
604 /// Return true if the target can handle a standalone remainder operation.
605 virtual bool hasStandaloneRem(EVT VT) const {
606 return true;
607 }
608
609 /// Return true if SQRT(X) shouldn't be replaced with X*RSQRT(X).
610 virtual bool isFsqrtCheap(SDValue X, SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
611 // Default behavior is to replace SQRT(X) with X*RSQRT(X).
612 return false;
613 }
614
615 /// Reciprocal estimate status values used by the functions below.
620 };
621
622 /// Return a ReciprocalEstimate enum value for a square root of the given type
623 /// based on the function's attributes. If the operation is not overridden by
624 /// the function's attributes, "Unspecified" is returned and target defaults
625 /// are expected to be used for instruction selection.
626 int getRecipEstimateSqrtEnabled(EVT VT, const Function &F) const;
627
628 /// Return a ReciprocalEstimate enum value for a division of the given type
629 /// based on the function's attributes. If the operation is not overridden by
630 /// the function's attributes, "Unspecified" is returned and target defaults
631 /// are expected to be used for instruction selection.
632 int getRecipEstimateDivEnabled(EVT VT, const Function &MF) const;
633
634 /// Return the refinement step count for a square root of the given type based
635 /// on the function's attributes. If the operation is not overridden by
636 /// the function's attributes, "Unspecified" is returned and target defaults
637 /// are expected to be used for instruction selection.
638 int getSqrtRefinementSteps(EVT VT, const Function &MF) const;
639
640 /// Return the refinement step count for a division of the given type based
641 /// on the function's attributes. If the operation is not overridden by
642 /// the function's attributes, "Unspecified" is returned and target defaults
643 /// are expected to be used for instruction selection.
644 int getDivRefinementSteps(EVT VT, const Function &MF) const;
645
646 /// Returns true if target has indicated at least one type should be bypassed.
647 bool isSlowDivBypassed() const { return !BypassSlowDivWidths.empty(); }
648
649 /// Returns map of slow types for division or remainder with corresponding
650 /// fast types
652 return BypassSlowDivWidths;
653 }
654
655 /// Return true if Flow Control is an expensive operation that should be
656 /// avoided.
657 bool isJumpExpensive() const { return JumpIsExpensive; }
658
659 // Costs parameters used by
660 // SelectionDAGBuilder::shouldKeepJumpConditionsTogether.
661 // shouldKeepJumpConditionsTogether will use these parameter value to
662 // determine if two conditions in the form `br (and/or cond1, cond2)` should
663 // be split into two branches or left as one.
664 //
665 // BaseCost is the cost threshold (in latency). If the estimated latency of
666 // computing both `cond1` and `cond2` is below the cost of just computing
667 // `cond1` + BaseCost, the two conditions will be kept together. Otherwise
668 // they will be split.
669 //
670 // LikelyBias increases BaseCost if branch probability info indicates that it
671 // is likely that both `cond1` and `cond2` will be computed.
672 //
673 // UnlikelyBias decreases BaseCost if branch probability info indicates that
674 // it is likely that both `cond1` and `cond2` will be computed.
675 //
676 // Set any field to -1 to make it ignored (setting BaseCost to -1 results in
677 // `shouldKeepJumpConditionsTogether` always returning false).
683 // Return params for deciding if we should keep two branch conditions merged
684 // or split them into two separate branches.
685 // Arg0: The binary op joining the two conditions (and/or).
686 // Arg1: The first condition (cond1)
687 // Arg2: The second condition (cond2)
688 // Arg3: The containing function.
689 virtual CondMergingParams
691 const Value *, const Function *) const {
692 // -1 will always result in splitting.
693 return {-1, -1, -1};
694 }
695
696 /// Return true if selects are only cheaper than branches if the branch is
697 /// unlikely to be predicted right.
701
702 virtual bool fallBackToDAGISel(const Instruction &Inst) const {
703 return false;
704 }
705
706 /// Return true if the following transform is beneficial:
707 /// fold (conv (load x)) -> (load (conv*)x)
708 /// On architectures that don't natively support some vector loads
709 /// efficiently, casting the load to a smaller vector of larger types and
710 /// loading is more efficient, however, this can be undone by optimizations in
711 /// dag combiner.
712 virtual bool isLoadBitCastBeneficial(EVT LoadVT, EVT BitcastVT,
713 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
714 const MachineMemOperand &MMO) const;
715
716 /// Return true if the following transform is beneficial:
717 /// (store (y (conv x)), y*)) -> (store x, (x*))
718 virtual bool isStoreBitCastBeneficial(EVT StoreVT, EVT BitcastVT,
719 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
720 const MachineMemOperand &MMO) const {
721 // Default to the same logic as loads.
722 return isLoadBitCastBeneficial(StoreVT, BitcastVT, DAG, MMO);
723 }
724
725 /// Return true if it is expected to be cheaper to do a store of vector
726 /// constant with the given size and type for the address space than to
727 /// store the individual scalar element constants.
728 virtual bool storeOfVectorConstantIsCheap(bool IsZero, EVT MemVT,
729 unsigned NumElem,
730 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
731 return IsZero;
732 }
733
734 /// Allow store merging for the specified type after legalization in addition
735 /// to before legalization. This may transform stores that do not exist
736 /// earlier (for example, stores created from intrinsics).
737 virtual bool mergeStoresAfterLegalization(EVT MemVT) const {
738 return true;
739 }
740
741 /// Returns if it's reasonable to merge stores to MemVT size.
742 virtual bool canMergeStoresTo(unsigned AS, EVT MemVT,
743 const MachineFunction &MF) const {
744 return true;
745 }
746
747 /// Return true if it is cheap to speculate a call to intrinsic cttz.
748 virtual bool isCheapToSpeculateCttz(Type *Ty) const {
749 return false;
750 }
751
752 /// Return true if it is cheap to speculate a call to intrinsic ctlz.
753 virtual bool isCheapToSpeculateCtlz(Type *Ty) const {
754 return false;
755 }
756
757 /// Return true if ctlz instruction is fast.
758 virtual bool isCtlzFast() const {
759 return false;
760 }
761
762 /// Return true if ctpop instruction is fast.
763 virtual bool isCtpopFast(EVT VT) const {
764 return isOperationLegal(ISD::CTPOP, VT);
765 }
766
767 /// Return the maximum number of "x & (x - 1)" operations that can be done
768 /// instead of deferring to a custom CTPOP.
769 virtual unsigned getCustomCtpopCost(EVT VT, ISD::CondCode Cond) const {
770 return 1;
771 }
772
773 /// Return true if instruction generated for equality comparison is folded
774 /// with instruction generated for signed comparison.
775 virtual bool isEqualityCmpFoldedWithSignedCmp() const { return true; }
776
777 /// Return true if the heuristic to prefer icmp eq zero should be used in code
778 /// gen prepare.
779 virtual bool preferZeroCompareBranch() const { return false; }
780
781 /// Return true if it is cheaper to split the store of a merged int val
782 /// from a pair of smaller values into multiple stores.
783 virtual bool isMultiStoresCheaperThanBitsMerge(EVT LTy, EVT HTy) const {
784 return false;
785 }
786
787 /// Return if the target supports combining a
788 /// chain like:
789 /// \code
790 /// %andResult = and %val1, #mask
791 /// %icmpResult = icmp %andResult, 0
792 /// \endcode
793 /// into a single machine instruction of a form like:
794 /// \code
795 /// cc = test %register, #mask
796 /// \endcode
797 virtual bool isMaskAndCmp0FoldingBeneficial(const Instruction &AndI) const {
798 return false;
799 }
800
801 /// Return true if it is valid to merge the TargetMMOFlags in two SDNodes.
802 virtual bool
804 const MemSDNode &NodeY) const {
805 return true;
806 }
807
808 /// Use bitwise logic to make pairs of compares more efficient. For example:
809 /// and (seteq A, B), (seteq C, D) --> seteq (or (xor A, B), (xor C, D)), 0
810 /// This should be true when it takes more than one instruction to lower
811 /// setcc (cmp+set on x86 scalar), when bitwise ops are faster than logic on
812 /// condition bits (crand on PowerPC), and/or when reducing cmp+br is a win.
813 virtual bool convertSetCCLogicToBitwiseLogic(EVT VT) const {
814 return false;
815 }
816
817 /// Return the preferred operand type if the target has a quick way to compare
818 /// integer values of the given size. Assume that any legal integer type can
819 /// be compared efficiently. Targets may override this to allow illegal wide
820 /// types to return a vector type if there is support to compare that type.
821 virtual MVT hasFastEqualityCompare(unsigned NumBits) const {
822 MVT VT = MVT::getIntegerVT(NumBits);
824 }
825
826 /// Return true if the target should transform:
827 /// (X & Y) == Y ---> (~X & Y) == 0
828 /// (X & Y) != Y ---> (~X & Y) != 0
829 ///
830 /// This may be profitable if the target has a bitwise and-not operation that
831 /// sets comparison flags. A target may want to limit the transformation based
832 /// on the type of Y or if Y is a constant.
833 ///
834 /// Note that the transform will not occur if Y is known to be a power-of-2
835 /// because a mask and compare of a single bit can be handled by inverting the
836 /// predicate, for example:
837 /// (X & 8) == 8 ---> (X & 8) != 0
838 virtual bool hasAndNotCompare(SDValue Y) const {
839 return false;
840 }
841
842 /// Return true if the target has a bitwise and-not operation:
843 /// X = ~A & B
844 /// This can be used to simplify select or other instructions.
845 virtual bool hasAndNot(SDValue X) const {
846 // If the target has the more complex version of this operation, assume that
847 // it has this operation too.
848 return hasAndNotCompare(X);
849 }
850
851 /// Return true if the target has a bit-test instruction:
852 /// (X & (1 << Y)) ==/!= 0
853 /// This knowledge can be used to prevent breaking the pattern,
854 /// or creating it if it could be recognized.
855 virtual bool hasBitTest(SDValue X, SDValue Y) const { return false; }
856
857 /// There are two ways to clear extreme bits (either low or high):
858 /// Mask: x & (-1 << y) (the instcombine canonical form)
859 /// Shifts: x >> y << y
860 /// Return true if the variant with 2 variable shifts is preferred.
861 /// Return false if there is no preference.
863 // By default, let's assume that no one prefers shifts.
864 return false;
865 }
866
867 /// Return true if it is profitable to fold a pair of shifts into a mask.
868 /// This is usually true on most targets. But some targets, like Thumb1,
869 /// have immediate shift instructions, but no immediate "and" instruction;
870 /// this makes the fold unprofitable.
871 virtual bool shouldFoldConstantShiftPairToMask(const SDNode *N) const {
872 return true;
873 }
874
875 /// Should we tranform the IR-optimal check for whether given truncation
876 /// down into KeptBits would be truncating or not:
877 /// (add %x, (1 << (KeptBits-1))) srccond (1 << KeptBits)
878 /// Into it's more traditional form:
879 /// ((%x << C) a>> C) dstcond %x
880 /// Return true if we should transform.
881 /// Return false if there is no preference.
883 unsigned KeptBits) const {
884 // By default, let's assume that no one prefers shifts.
885 return false;
886 }
887
888 /// Given the pattern
889 /// (X & (C l>>/<< Y)) ==/!= 0
890 /// return true if it should be transformed into:
891 /// ((X <</l>> Y) & C) ==/!= 0
892 /// WARNING: if 'X' is a constant, the fold may deadlock!
893 /// FIXME: we could avoid passing XC, but we can't use isConstOrConstSplat()
894 /// here because it can end up being not linked in.
897 unsigned OldShiftOpcode, unsigned NewShiftOpcode,
898 SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
899 if (hasBitTest(X, Y)) {
900 // One interesting pattern that we'd want to form is 'bit test':
901 // ((1 << Y) & C) ==/!= 0
902 // But we also need to be careful not to try to reverse that fold.
903
904 // Is this '1 << Y' ?
905 if (OldShiftOpcode == ISD::SHL && CC->isOne())
906 return false; // Keep the 'bit test' pattern.
907
908 // Will it be '1 << Y' after the transform ?
909 if (XC && NewShiftOpcode == ISD::SHL && XC->isOne())
910 return true; // Do form the 'bit test' pattern.
911 }
912
913 // If 'X' is a constant, and we transform, then we will immediately
914 // try to undo the fold, thus causing endless combine loop.
915 // So by default, let's assume everyone prefers the fold
916 // iff 'X' is not a constant.
917 return !XC;
918 }
919
920 // Return true if its desirable to perform the following transform:
921 // (fmul C, (uitofp Pow2))
922 // -> (bitcast_to_FP (add (bitcast_to_INT C), Log2(Pow2) << mantissa))
923 // (fdiv C, (uitofp Pow2))
924 // -> (bitcast_to_FP (sub (bitcast_to_INT C), Log2(Pow2) << mantissa))
925 //
926 // This is only queried after we have verified the transform will be bitwise
927 // equals.
928 //
929 // SDNode *N : The FDiv/FMul node we want to transform.
930 // SDValue FPConst: The Float constant operand in `N`.
931 // SDValue IntPow2: The Integer power of 2 operand in `N`.
933 SDValue IntPow2) const {
934 // Default to avoiding fdiv which is often very expensive.
935 return N->getOpcode() == ISD::FDIV;
936 }
937
938 // Given:
939 // (icmp eq/ne (and X, C0), (shift X, C1))
940 // or
941 // (icmp eq/ne X, (rotate X, C1))
942
943 // If C0 is a mask or shifted mask and the shift amt (C1) isolates the
944 // remaining bits (i.e something like `(x64 & UINT32_MAX) == (x64 >> 32)`)
945 // Do we prefer the shift to be shift-right, shift-left, or rotate.
946 // Note: It's only valid to convert between the rotate and shift versions iff
947 // the shift-amt (`C1`) divides the bit width.
948 // If ShiftOpc (current Opcode) is returned, do nothing.
950 EVT VT, unsigned ShiftOpc, bool MayTransformRotate,
951 const APInt &ShiftOrRotateAmt,
952 const std::optional<APInt> &AndMask) const {
953 return ShiftOpc;
954 }
955
956 /// These two forms are equivalent:
957 /// sub %y, (xor %x, -1)
958 /// add (add %x, 1), %y
959 /// The variant with two add's is IR-canonical.
960 /// Some targets may prefer one to the other.
961 virtual bool preferIncOfAddToSubOfNot(EVT VT) const {
962 // By default, let's assume that everyone prefers the form with two add's.
963 return true;
964 }
965
966 // By default prefer folding (abs (sub nsw x, y)) -> abds(x, y). Some targets
967 // may want to avoid this to prevent loss of sub_nsw pattern.
968 virtual bool preferABDSToABSWithNSW(EVT VT) const {
969 return true;
970 }
971
972 // Return true if the target wants to transform Op(Splat(X)) -> Splat(Op(X))
973 virtual bool preferScalarizeSplat(SDNode *N) const { return true; }
974
975 // Return true if the target wants to transform:
976 // (TruncVT truncate(sext_in_reg(VT X, ExtVT))
977 // -> (TruncVT sext_in_reg(truncate(VT X), ExtVT))
978 // Some targets might prefer pre-sextinreg to improve truncation/saturation.
979 virtual bool preferSextInRegOfTruncate(EVT TruncVT, EVT VT, EVT ExtVT) const {
980 return true;
981 }
982
983 /// Return true if the target wants to use the optimization that
984 /// turns ext(promotableInst1(...(promotableInstN(load)))) into
985 /// promotedInst1(...(promotedInstN(ext(load)))).
987
988 /// Return true if the target can combine store(extractelement VectorTy,
989 /// Idx).
990 /// \p Cost[out] gives the cost of that transformation when this is true.
991 virtual bool canCombineStoreAndExtract(Type *VectorTy, Value *Idx,
992 unsigned &Cost) const {
993 return false;
994 }
995
996 /// Return true if the target shall perform extract vector element and store
997 /// given that the vector is known to be splat of constant.
998 /// \p Index[out] gives the index of the vector element to be extracted when
999 /// this is true.
1001 Type *VectorTy, unsigned ElemSizeInBits, unsigned &Index) const {
1002 return false;
1003 }
1004
1005 /// Return true if inserting a scalar into a variable element of an undef
1006 /// vector is more efficiently handled by splatting the scalar instead.
1007 virtual bool shouldSplatInsEltVarIndex(EVT) const {
1008 return false;
1009 }
1010
1011 /// Return true if target always benefits from combining into FMA for a
1012 /// given value type. This must typically return false on targets where FMA
1013 /// takes more cycles to execute than FADD.
1014 virtual bool enableAggressiveFMAFusion(EVT VT) const { return false; }
1015
1016 /// Return true if target always benefits from combining into FMA for a
1017 /// given value type. This must typically return false on targets where FMA
1018 /// takes more cycles to execute than FADD.
1019 virtual bool enableAggressiveFMAFusion(LLT Ty) const { return false; }
1020
1021 /// Return the ValueType of the result of SETCC operations.
1022 virtual EVT getSetCCResultType(const DataLayout &DL, LLVMContext &Context,
1023 EVT VT) const;
1024
1025 /// Return the integer type returned by comparison libcalls. Comparison
1026 /// libcalls include floating point comparison calls, and Ordered/Unordered
1027 /// check calls on floating point numbers.
1029 return Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx);
1030 }
1031
1032 /// For targets without i1 registers, this gives the nature of the high-bits
1033 /// of boolean values held in types wider than i1.
1034 ///
1035 /// "Boolean values" are special true/false values produced by nodes like
1036 /// SETCC and consumed (as the condition) by nodes like SELECT and BRCOND.
1037 /// Not to be confused with general values promoted from i1. Some cpus
1038 /// distinguish between vectors of boolean and scalars; the isVec parameter
1039 /// selects between the two kinds. For example on X86 a scalar boolean should
1040 /// be zero extended from i1, while the elements of a vector of booleans
1041 /// should be sign extended from i1.
1042 ///
1043 /// Some cpus also treat floating point types the same way as they treat
1044 /// vectors instead of the way they treat scalars.
1046 if (isVec)
1047 return BooleanVectorContents;
1048 return isFloat ? BooleanFloatContents : BooleanContents;
1049 }
1050
1052 return getBooleanContents(Type.isVector(), Type.isFloatingPoint());
1053 }
1054
1055 /// Promote the given target boolean to a target boolean of the given type.
1056 /// A target boolean is an integer value, not necessarily of type i1, the bits
1057 /// of which conform to getBooleanContents.
1058 ///
1059 /// ValVT is the type of values that produced the boolean.
1061 EVT ValVT) const {
1062 SDLoc dl(Bool);
1063 EVT BoolVT =
1064 getSetCCResultType(DAG.getDataLayout(), *DAG.getContext(), ValVT);
1066 return DAG.getNode(ExtendCode, dl, BoolVT, Bool);
1067 }
1068
1069 /// Return target scheduling preference.
1071 return SchedPreferenceInfo;
1072 }
1073
1074 /// Some scheduler, e.g. hybrid, can switch to different scheduling heuristics
1075 /// for different nodes. This function returns the preference (or none) for
1076 /// the given node.
1078 return Sched::None;
1079 }
1080
1081 /// Return the register class that should be used for the specified value
1082 /// type.
1083 virtual const TargetRegisterClass *getRegClassFor(MVT VT, bool isDivergent = false) const {
1084 (void)isDivergent;
1085 const TargetRegisterClass *RC = RegClassForVT[VT.SimpleTy];
1086 assert(RC && "This value type is not natively supported!");
1087 return RC;
1088 }
1089
1090 /// Allows target to decide about the register class of the
1091 /// specific value that is live outside the defining block.
1092 /// Returns true if the value needs uniform register class.
1094 const Value *) const {
1095 return false;
1096 }
1097
1098 /// Return the 'representative' register class for the specified value
1099 /// type.
1100 ///
1101 /// The 'representative' register class is the largest legal super-reg
1102 /// register class for the register class of the value type. For example, on
1103 /// i386 the rep register class for i8, i16, and i32 are GR32; while the rep
1104 /// register class is GR64 on x86_64.
1105 virtual const TargetRegisterClass *getRepRegClassFor(MVT VT) const {
1106 const TargetRegisterClass *RC = RepRegClassForVT[VT.SimpleTy];
1107 return RC;
1108 }
1109
1110 /// Return the cost of the 'representative' register class for the specified
1111 /// value type.
1113 return RepRegClassCostForVT[VT.SimpleTy];
1114 }
1115
1116 /// Return the preferred strategy to legalize tihs SHIFT instruction, with
1117 /// \p ExpansionFactor being the recursion depth - how many expansion needed.
1123 virtual ShiftLegalizationStrategy
1125 unsigned ExpansionFactor) const {
1126 if (ExpansionFactor == 1)
1129 }
1130
1131 /// Return true if the target has native support for the specified value type.
1132 /// This means that it has a register that directly holds it without
1133 /// promotions or expansions.
1134 bool isTypeLegal(EVT VT) const {
1135 assert(!VT.isSimple() ||
1136 (unsigned)VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy < std::size(RegClassForVT));
1137 return VT.isSimple() && RegClassForVT[VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy] != nullptr;
1138 }
1139
1141 /// ValueTypeActions - For each value type, keep a LegalizeTypeAction enum
1142 /// that indicates how instruction selection should deal with the type.
1143 LegalizeTypeAction ValueTypeActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
1144
1145 public:
1146 ValueTypeActionImpl() { llvm::fill(ValueTypeActions, TypeLegal); }
1147
1149 return ValueTypeActions[VT.SimpleTy];
1150 }
1151
1153 ValueTypeActions[VT.SimpleTy] = Action;
1154 }
1155 };
1156
1158 return ValueTypeActions;
1159 }
1160
1161 /// Return pair that represents the legalization kind (first) that needs to
1162 /// happen to EVT (second) in order to type-legalize it.
1163 ///
1164 /// First: how we should legalize values of this type, either it is already
1165 /// legal (return 'Legal') or we need to promote it to a larger type (return
1166 /// 'Promote'), or we need to expand it into multiple registers of smaller
1167 /// integer type (return 'Expand'). 'Custom' is not an option.
1168 ///
1169 /// Second: for types supported by the target, this is an identity function.
1170 /// For types that must be promoted to larger types, this returns the larger
1171 /// type to promote to. For integer types that are larger than the largest
1172 /// integer register, this contains one step in the expansion to get to the
1173 /// smaller register. For illegal floating point types, this returns the
1174 /// integer type to transform to.
1175 LegalizeKind getTypeConversion(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const;
1176
1177 /// Return how we should legalize values of this type, either it is already
1178 /// legal (return 'Legal') or we need to promote it to a larger type (return
1179 /// 'Promote'), or we need to expand it into multiple registers of smaller
1180 /// integer type (return 'Expand'). 'Custom' is not an option.
1182 return getTypeConversion(Context, VT).first;
1183 }
1185 return ValueTypeActions.getTypeAction(VT);
1186 }
1187
1188 /// For types supported by the target, this is an identity function. For
1189 /// types that must be promoted to larger types, this returns the larger type
1190 /// to promote to. For integer types that are larger than the largest integer
1191 /// register, this contains one step in the expansion to get to the smaller
1192 /// register. For illegal floating point types, this returns the integer type
1193 /// to transform to.
1194 virtual EVT getTypeToTransformTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const {
1195 return getTypeConversion(Context, VT).second;
1196 }
1197
1198 /// Perform getTypeToTransformTo repeatedly until a legal type is obtained.
1199 /// Useful for vector operations that might take multiple steps to legalize.
1201 EVT LegalVT = getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT);
1202 while (LegalVT != VT) {
1203 VT = LegalVT;
1204 LegalVT = getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT);
1205 }
1206 return LegalVT;
1207 }
1208
1209 /// For types supported by the target, this is an identity function. For
1210 /// types that must be expanded (i.e. integer types that are larger than the
1211 /// largest integer register or illegal floating point types), this returns
1212 /// the largest legal type it will be expanded to.
1213 EVT getTypeToExpandTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const {
1214 assert(!VT.isVector());
1215 while (true) {
1216 switch (getTypeAction(Context, VT)) {
1217 case TypeLegal:
1218 return VT;
1219 case TypeExpandInteger:
1220 VT = getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT);
1221 break;
1222 default:
1223 llvm_unreachable("Type is not legal nor is it to be expanded!");
1224 }
1225 }
1226 }
1227
1228 /// For vector types that are widened, this returns the type reached by
1229 /// widening repeatedly, i.e. the first type whose action is not
1230 /// TypeWidenVector. Unlike getLegalTypeToTransformTo, this does not follow
1231 /// other actions, so the result may still be illegal (e.g. if it is split).
1232 /// For vector types that are not widened, this is an identity function.
1233 EVT getTypeToWidenTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const {
1234 assert(VT.isVector());
1235 while (getTypeAction(Context, VT) == TypeWidenVector)
1236 VT = getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT);
1237 return VT;
1238 }
1239
1240 /// Vector types are broken down into some number of legal first class types.
1241 /// For example, EVT::v8f32 maps to 2 EVT::v4f32 with Altivec or SSE1, or 8
1242 /// promoted EVT::f64 values with the X86 FP stack. Similarly, EVT::v2i64
1243 /// turns into 4 EVT::i32 values with both PPC and X86.
1244 ///
1245 /// This method returns the number of registers needed, and the VT for each
1246 /// register. It also returns the VT and quantity of the intermediate values
1247 /// before they are promoted/expanded.
1249 EVT &IntermediateVT,
1250 unsigned &NumIntermediates,
1251 MVT &RegisterVT) const {
1252 return getVectorTypeBreakdownImpl(Context, VT, IntermediateVT,
1253 NumIntermediates, RegisterVT,
1254 /*ForCallingConv=*/false);
1255 }
1256
1257 /// Return true if fixed-length, non-power-of-two vectors should be broken
1258 /// down into legal vector parts instead of scalars for internal values.
1260 return false;
1261 }
1262
1263 bool shouldUseDynamicVectorTypeBreakdown(EVT VT, bool ForCallingConv) const {
1264 return preferVectorizedNonPowerOfTwoTypeBreakdown() && !ForCallingConv &&
1265 VT.isFixedLengthVector() &&
1267 }
1268
1269 /// Certain targets such as MIPS require that some types such as vectors are
1270 /// always broken down into scalars in some contexts. This occurs even if the
1271 /// vector type is legal.
1273 LLVMContext &Context, CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT, EVT &IntermediateVT,
1274 unsigned &NumIntermediates, MVT &RegisterVT) const {
1275 return getVectorTypeBreakdownImpl(Context, VT, IntermediateVT,
1276 NumIntermediates, RegisterVT,
1277 /*ForCallingConv=*/true);
1278 }
1279
1281 unsigned opc = 0; // target opcode
1282 EVT memVT; // memory VT
1283
1284 // value representing memory location
1286
1287 // Fallback address space for use if ptrVal is nullptr. std::nullopt means
1288 // unknown address space.
1289 std::optional<unsigned> fallbackAddressSpace;
1290
1291 int offset = 0; // offset off of ptrVal
1292 uint64_t size = 0; // the size of the memory location
1293 // (taken from memVT if zero)
1294 MaybeAlign align = Align(1); // alignment
1295
1300 IntrinsicInfo() = default;
1301 };
1302
1303 /// Given an intrinsic, checks if on the target the intrinsic will need to map
1304 /// to a MemIntrinsicNode (touches memory). If this is the case, it stores
1305 /// the intrinsic information into the IntrinsicInfo vector passed to the
1306 /// function. The vector may contain multiple entries for intrinsics that
1307 /// access multiple memory locations.
1309 const CallBase &I, MachineFunction &MF,
1310 unsigned Intrinsic) const {}
1311
1312 /// How the legalizer should materialize a floating-point immediate.
1313 enum class FPImmAction {
1314 /// The target can instruction select the immediate natively.
1316 /// Build the immediate as a bitcast of an integer constant with the same
1317 /// bits.
1319 /// Load the immediate from the constant pool.
1321 };
1322
1323 /// Returns how the legalizer should materialize the specified FP immediate.
1324 virtual FPImmAction getFPImmAction(const APFloat & /*Imm*/, EVT /*VT*/,
1325 bool ForCodeSize = false) const {
1327 }
1328
1329 /// \copydoc getFPImmAction(const APFloat&,EVT,bool) const
1330 virtual FPImmAction getFPImmAction(const APFloat & /*Imm*/, LLT /*Ty*/,
1331 bool ForCodeSize = false) const {
1333 }
1334
1335 /// Returns true if the specified FP immediate can be materialized without a
1336 /// load from the constant pool.
1337 bool isFPImmLegal(const APFloat &Imm, EVT VT,
1338 bool ForCodeSize = false) const {
1339 return getFPImmAction(Imm, VT, ForCodeSize) != FPImmAction::ConstantPool;
1340 }
1341
1342 /// Targets can use this to indicate that they only support *some*
1343 /// VECTOR_SHUFFLE operations, those with specific masks. By default, if a
1344 /// target supports the VECTOR_SHUFFLE node, all mask values are assumed to be
1345 /// legal.
1346 virtual bool isShuffleMaskLegal(ArrayRef<int> /*Mask*/, EVT /*VT*/) const {
1347 return true;
1348 }
1349
1350 /// Similar to isShuffleMaskLegal. Targets can use this to indicate if there
1351 /// is a suitable VECTOR_SHUFFLE that can be used to replace a VAND with a
1352 /// constant pool entry.
1354 EVT /*VT*/) const {
1355 return false;
1356 }
1357
1358 /// How to legalize this custom operation?
1360 return Legal;
1361 }
1362
1363 /// Return how this operation should be treated: either it is legal, needs to
1364 /// be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1365 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1367 // If a target-specific SDNode requires legalization, require the target
1368 // to provide custom legalization for it.
1369 if (Op >= std::size(OpActions[0]))
1370 return Custom;
1371 if (VT.isExtended())
1372 return Expand;
1373 return OpActions[(unsigned)VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy][Op];
1374 }
1375
1376 /// Custom method defined by each target to indicate if an operation which
1377 /// may require a scale is supported natively by the target.
1378 /// If not, the operation is illegal.
1379 virtual bool isSupportedFixedPointOperation(unsigned Op, EVT VT,
1380 unsigned Scale) const {
1381 return false;
1382 }
1383
1384 /// Some fixed point operations may be natively supported by the target but
1385 /// only for specific scales. This method allows for checking
1386 /// if the width is supported by the target for a given operation that may
1387 /// depend on scale.
1389 unsigned Scale) const {
1390 auto Action = getOperationAction(Op, VT);
1391 if (Action != Legal)
1392 return Action;
1393
1394 // This operation is supported in this type but may only work on specific
1395 // scales.
1396 bool Supported;
1397 switch (Op) {
1398 default:
1399 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected fixed point operation.");
1400 case ISD::SMULFIX:
1401 case ISD::SMULFIXSAT:
1402 case ISD::UMULFIX:
1403 case ISD::UMULFIXSAT:
1404 case ISD::SDIVFIX:
1405 case ISD::SDIVFIXSAT:
1406 case ISD::UDIVFIX:
1407 case ISD::UDIVFIXSAT:
1408 Supported = isSupportedFixedPointOperation(Op, VT, Scale);
1409 break;
1410 }
1411
1412 return Supported ? Action : Expand;
1413 }
1414
1415 // If Op is a strict floating-point operation, return the result
1416 // of getOperationAction for the equivalent non-strict operation.
1418 unsigned EqOpc;
1419 switch (Op) {
1420 default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected FP pseudo-opcode");
1421#define DAG_INSTRUCTION(NAME, NARG, ROUND_MODE, INTRINSIC, DAGN) \
1422 case ISD::STRICT_##DAGN: EqOpc = ISD::DAGN; break;
1423#define CMP_INSTRUCTION(NAME, NARG, ROUND_MODE, INTRINSIC, DAGN) \
1424 case ISD::STRICT_##DAGN: EqOpc = ISD::SETCC; break;
1425#include "llvm/IR/ConstrainedOps.def"
1426 }
1427
1428 return getOperationAction(EqOpc, VT);
1429 }
1430
1431 /// Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be
1432 /// made legal with custom lowering. This is used to help guide high-level
1433 /// lowering decisions. LegalOnly is an optional convenience for code paths
1434 /// traversed pre and post legalisation.
1436 bool LegalOnly = false) const {
1437 if (LegalOnly)
1438 return isOperationLegal(Op, VT);
1439
1440 return (VT == MVT::Other || isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
1441 (getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Legal ||
1442 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Custom);
1443 }
1444
1445 /// Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be
1446 /// made legal using promotion. This is used to help guide high-level lowering
1447 /// decisions. LegalOnly is an optional convenience for code paths traversed
1448 /// pre and post legalisation.
1450 bool LegalOnly = false) const {
1451 if (LegalOnly)
1452 return isOperationLegal(Op, VT);
1453
1454 return (VT == MVT::Other || isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
1455 (getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Legal ||
1456 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Promote);
1457 }
1458
1459 /// Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be
1460 /// made legal with custom lowering or using promotion. This is used to help
1461 /// guide high-level lowering decisions. LegalOnly is an optional convenience
1462 /// for code paths traversed pre and post legalisation.
1464 bool LegalOnly = false) const {
1465 if (LegalOnly)
1466 return isOperationLegal(Op, VT);
1467
1468 return (VT == MVT::Other || isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
1469 (getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Legal ||
1470 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Custom ||
1471 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Promote);
1472 }
1473
1474 /// Return true if the operation uses custom lowering, regardless of whether
1475 /// the type is legal or not.
1476 bool isOperationCustom(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
1477 return getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Custom;
1478 }
1479
1480 /// Return true if lowering to a jump table is allowed.
1481 virtual bool areJTsAllowed(const Function *Fn) const {
1482 if (Fn->getFnAttribute("no-jump-tables").getValueAsBool())
1483 return false;
1484
1485 return isOperationLegalOrCustom(ISD::BR_JT, MVT::Other) ||
1487 }
1488
1489 /// Check whether the range [Low,High] fits in a machine word.
1490 bool rangeFitsInWord(const APInt &Low, const APInt &High,
1491 const DataLayout &DL) const {
1492 // FIXME: Using the pointer type doesn't seem ideal.
1493 uint64_t BW = DL.getIndexSizeInBits(0u);
1494 uint64_t Range = (High - Low).getLimitedValue(UINT64_MAX - 1) + 1;
1495 return Range <= BW;
1496 }
1497
1498 /// Return true if lowering to a jump table is suitable for a set of case
1499 /// clusters which may contain \p NumCases cases, \p Range range of values.
1500 virtual bool isSuitableForJumpTable(const SwitchInst *SI, uint64_t NumCases,
1502 BlockFrequencyInfo *BFI) const;
1503
1504 /// Returns preferred type for switch condition.
1505 virtual MVT getPreferredSwitchConditionType(LLVMContext &Context,
1506 EVT ConditionVT) const;
1507
1508 /// Return true if lowering to a bit test is suitable for a set of case
1509 /// clusters which contains \p NumDests unique destinations, \p Low and
1510 /// \p High as its lowest and highest case values, and expects \p NumCmps
1511 /// case value comparisons. Check if the number of destinations, comparison
1512 /// metric, and range are all suitable.
1515 const APInt &Low, const APInt &High, const DataLayout &DL) const {
1516 // FIXME: I don't think NumCmps is the correct metric: a single case and a
1517 // range of cases both require only one branch to lower. Just looking at the
1518 // number of clusters and destinations should be enough to decide whether to
1519 // build bit tests.
1520
1521 // To lower a range with bit tests, the range must fit the bitwidth of a
1522 // machine word.
1523 if (!rangeFitsInWord(Low, High, DL))
1524 return false;
1525
1526 unsigned NumDests = DestCmps.size();
1527 unsigned NumCmps = 0;
1528 unsigned int MaxBitTestEntry = 0;
1529 for (auto &DestCmp : DestCmps) {
1530 NumCmps += DestCmp.second;
1531 if (DestCmp.second > MaxBitTestEntry)
1532 MaxBitTestEntry = DestCmp.second;
1533 }
1534
1535 // Comparisons might be cheaper for small number of comparisons, which can
1536 // be Arch Target specific.
1537 if (MaxBitTestEntry < getMinimumBitTestCmps())
1538 return false;
1539
1540 // Decide whether it's profitable to lower this range with bit tests. Each
1541 // destination requires a bit test and branch, and there is an overall range
1542 // check branch. For a small number of clusters, separate comparisons might
1543 // be cheaper, and for many destinations, splitting the range might be
1544 // better.
1545 return (NumDests == 1 && NumCmps >= 3) || (NumDests == 2 && NumCmps >= 5) ||
1546 (NumDests == 3 && NumCmps >= 6);
1547 }
1548
1549 /// Return true if the specified operation is illegal on this target or
1550 /// unlikely to be made legal with custom lowering. This is used to help guide
1551 /// high-level lowering decisions.
1552 bool isOperationExpand(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
1553 return (!isTypeLegal(VT) || getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Expand);
1554 }
1555
1556 /// Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target.
1557 bool isOperationLegal(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
1558 return (VT == MVT::Other || isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
1559 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Legal;
1560 }
1561
1562 bool isOperationExpandOrLibCall(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
1563 return isOperationExpand(Op, VT) || getOperationAction(Op, VT) == LibCall;
1564 }
1565
1566 /// Returns an alternative action to use when the coarser lookups (configured
1567 /// through `setLoadExtAction` and `setAtomicLoadExtAction`) yield
1568 /// `LegalizeAction::Custom`. Allows targets to use builtin behaviors (e.g.
1569 /// Legal, Promote) specialized by Alignment and AddrSpace, rather than just
1570 /// types.
1571 virtual LegalizeAction
1572 getCustomLoadAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace,
1573 unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const {
1575 }
1576
1577 /// Return how this load with extension should be treated: either it is legal,
1578 /// needs to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other
1579 /// code sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1580 LegalizeAction getLoadAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1581 unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType,
1582 bool Atomic) const {
1583 if (ValVT.isExtended() || MemVT.isExtended())
1584 return Expand;
1585 unsigned ValI = (unsigned)ValVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1586 unsigned MemI = (unsigned)MemVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1588 MemI < MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE && "Table isn't big enough!");
1589 unsigned Shift = 4 * ExtType;
1590
1591 LegalizeAction Action;
1592 if (Atomic) {
1593 Action =
1594 (LegalizeAction)((AtomicLoadExtActions[ValI][MemI] >> Shift) & 0xf);
1595 assert((Action == Legal || Action == Expand) &&
1596 "Unsupported atomic load extension action.");
1597 } else {
1598 Action = (LegalizeAction)((LoadExtActions[ValI][MemI] >> Shift) & 0xf);
1599 }
1600
1601 if (Action == LegalizeAction::Custom) {
1602 return getCustomLoadAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace, ExtType,
1603 Atomic);
1604 }
1605
1606 return Action;
1607 }
1608
1609 /// Return true if the specified load with extension is legal on this target.
1610 bool isLoadLegal(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace,
1611 unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const {
1612 return getLoadAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace, ExtType, Atomic) ==
1613 Legal;
1614 }
1615
1616 /// Return true if the specified load with extension is legal or custom
1617 /// on this target.
1618 bool isLoadLegalOrCustom(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1619 unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType,
1620 bool Atomic) const {
1621 LegalizeAction Action =
1622 getLoadAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace, ExtType, Atomic);
1623 return Action == Legal || Action == Custom;
1624 }
1625
1626 /// Returns an alternative action to use when the coarser lookups (configured
1627 /// through `setTruncStoreAction` yield
1628 /// `LegalizeAction::Custom`. Allows targets to use builtin behaviors (e.g.
1629 /// Legal, Promote) specialized by Alignment and AddrSpace, rather than just
1630 /// types.
1632 Align Alignment,
1633 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
1635 }
1636
1637 /// Return how this store with truncation should be treated: either it is
1638 /// legal, needs to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some
1639 /// other code sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1641 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
1642 if (ValVT.isExtended() || MemVT.isExtended())
1643 return Expand;
1644 unsigned ValI = (unsigned)ValVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1645 unsigned MemI = (unsigned)MemVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1647 "Table isn't big enough!");
1648
1649 LegalizeAction Action = TruncStoreActions[ValI][MemI];
1650
1651 if (Action == LegalizeAction::Custom) {
1652 return getCustomTruncStoreAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace);
1653 }
1654
1655 return Action;
1656 }
1657
1658 /// Return true if the specified store with truncation is legal on this
1659 /// target.
1660 bool isTruncStoreLegal(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1661 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
1662 return isTypeLegal(ValVT) &&
1663 getTruncStoreAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace) == Legal;
1664 }
1665
1666 /// Return true if the specified store with truncation has solution on this
1667 /// target.
1668 bool isTruncStoreLegalOrCustom(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1669 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
1670 if (!isTypeLegal(ValVT))
1671 return false;
1672
1673 LegalizeAction Action =
1674 getTruncStoreAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace);
1675 return (Action == Legal || Action == Custom);
1676 }
1677
1678 virtual bool canCombineTruncStore(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1679 unsigned AddrSpace, bool LegalOnly) const {
1680 if (LegalOnly)
1681 return isTruncStoreLegal(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace);
1682
1683 return isTruncStoreLegalOrCustom(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace);
1684 }
1685
1686 /// Return how the indexed load should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1687 /// to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1688 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1689 LegalizeAction getIndexedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const {
1690 return getIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_Load);
1691 }
1692
1693 /// Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
1694 bool isIndexedLoadLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const {
1695 return VT.isSimple() &&
1696 (getIndexedLoadAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Legal ||
1697 getIndexedLoadAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Custom);
1698 }
1699
1700 /// Return how the indexed store should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1701 /// to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1702 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1703 LegalizeAction getIndexedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const {
1704 return getIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_Store);
1705 }
1706
1707 /// Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
1708 bool isIndexedStoreLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const {
1709 return VT.isSimple() &&
1710 (getIndexedStoreAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Legal ||
1711 getIndexedStoreAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Custom);
1712 }
1713
1714 /// Return how the indexed load should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1715 /// to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1716 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1717 LegalizeAction getIndexedMaskedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const {
1718 return getIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_MaskedLoad);
1719 }
1720
1721 /// Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
1722 bool isIndexedMaskedLoadLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const {
1723 return VT.isSimple() &&
1724 (getIndexedMaskedLoadAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Legal ||
1726 }
1727
1728 /// Return how the indexed store should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1729 /// to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1730 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1731 LegalizeAction getIndexedMaskedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const {
1732 return getIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_MaskedStore);
1733 }
1734
1735 /// Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
1736 bool isIndexedMaskedStoreLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const {
1737 return VT.isSimple() &&
1738 (getIndexedMaskedStoreAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Legal ||
1740 }
1741
1742 /// Returns true if the index type for a masked gather/scatter requires
1743 /// extending
1744 virtual bool shouldExtendGSIndex(EVT VT, EVT &EltTy) const { return false; }
1745
1746 // Returns true if Extend can be folded into the index of a masked gathers/scatters
1747 // on this target.
1748 virtual bool shouldRemoveExtendFromGSIndex(SDValue Extend, EVT DataVT) const {
1749 return false;
1750 }
1751
1752 // Return true if the target supports a scatter/gather instruction with
1753 // indices which are scaled by the particular value. Note that all targets
1754 // must by definition support scale of 1.
1756 uint64_t ElemSize) const {
1757 // MGATHER/MSCATTER are only required to support scaling by one or by the
1758 // element size.
1759 if (Scale != ElemSize && Scale != 1)
1760 return false;
1761 return true;
1762 }
1763
1764 /// Return how the condition code should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1765 /// to be expanded to some other code sequence, or the target has a custom
1766 /// expander for it.
1769 assert((unsigned)CC < std::size(CondCodeActions) &&
1770 ((unsigned)VT.SimpleTy >> 3) < std::size(CondCodeActions[0]) &&
1771 "Table isn't big enough!");
1772 // See setCondCodeAction for how this is encoded.
1773 uint32_t Shift = 4 * (VT.SimpleTy & 0x7);
1774 uint32_t Value = CondCodeActions[CC][VT.SimpleTy >> 3];
1775 LegalizeAction Action = (LegalizeAction) ((Value >> Shift) & 0xF);
1776 assert(Action != Promote && "Can't promote condition code!");
1777 return Action;
1778 }
1779
1780 /// Return true if the specified condition code is legal for a comparison of
1781 /// the specified types on this target.
1783 return getCondCodeAction(CC, VT) == Legal;
1784 }
1785
1786 /// Return true if the specified condition code is legal or custom for a
1787 /// comparison of the specified types on this target.
1789 return getCondCodeAction(CC, VT) == Legal ||
1790 getCondCodeAction(CC, VT) == Custom;
1791 }
1792
1793 /// Return how a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with Acc type AccVT and Input type
1794 /// InputVT should be treated. Either it's legal, needs to be promoted to a
1795 /// larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code sequence, or the
1796 /// target has a custom expander for it.
1798 EVT InputVT) const {
1801 // If the inputs aren't simple (e.g. non-power-of-two element type), just
1802 // expand.
1803 if (!AccVT.isSimple() || !InputVT.isSimple())
1804 return Expand;
1805 PartialReduceActionTypes Key = {Opc, AccVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy,
1806 InputVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy};
1807 auto It = PartialReduceMLAActions.find(Key);
1808 return It != PartialReduceMLAActions.end() ? It->second : Expand;
1809 }
1810
1811 /// Return true if a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with the specified types is
1812 /// legal or custom for this target.
1814 EVT InputVT) const {
1815 LegalizeAction Action = getPartialReduceMLAAction(Opc, AccVT, InputVT);
1816 return Action == Legal || Action == Custom;
1817 }
1818
1819 /// Return how a VECTOR_INTERLEAVE or VECTOR_DEINTERLEAVE node with the
1820 /// given interleave factor and VT should be handled.
1822 EVT VT) const {
1824 VectorInterleaveActionKey Key = {Opc, Factor, VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy};
1825 auto It = VectorInterleaveActions.find(Key);
1826 return It != VectorInterleaveActions.end() ? It->second : Expand;
1827 }
1828
1829 /// Return true if a VECTOR_INTERLEAVE or VECTOR_DEINTERLEAVE node with the
1830 /// given interleave factor and fragment type is legal or custom.
1831 bool isVectorInterleaveLegalOrCustom(unsigned Opc, unsigned Factor,
1832 EVT VT) const {
1833 LegalizeAction Action = getVectorInterleaveAction(Opc, Factor, VT);
1834 return Action == Legal || Action == Custom;
1835 }
1836
1837 /// If the action for this operation is to promote, this method returns the
1838 /// ValueType to promote to.
1839 MVT getTypeToPromoteTo(unsigned Op, MVT VT) const {
1841 "This operation isn't promoted!");
1842
1843 // See if this has an explicit type specified.
1844 std::map<std::pair<unsigned, MVT::SimpleValueType>,
1846 PromoteToType.find(std::make_pair(Op, VT.SimpleTy));
1847 if (PTTI != PromoteToType.end()) return PTTI->second;
1848
1849 assert((VT.isInteger() || VT.isFloatingPoint()) &&
1850 "Cannot autopromote this type, add it with AddPromotedToType.");
1851
1852 uint64_t VTBits = VT.getScalarSizeInBits();
1853 MVT NVT = VT;
1854 do {
1855 NVT = (MVT::SimpleValueType)(NVT.SimpleTy+1);
1856 assert(NVT.isInteger() == VT.isInteger() &&
1857 NVT.isFloatingPoint() == VT.isFloatingPoint() &&
1858 "Didn't find type to promote to!");
1859 } while (VTBits >= NVT.getScalarSizeInBits() || !isTypeLegal(NVT) ||
1860 getOperationAction(Op, NVT) == Promote);
1861 return NVT;
1862 }
1863
1865 bool AllowUnknown = false) const {
1866 return getValueType(DL, Ty, AllowUnknown);
1867 }
1868
1869 /// Return the EVT corresponding to this LLVM type. This is fixed by the LLVM
1870 /// operations except for the pointer size. If AllowUnknown is true, this
1871 /// will return MVT::Other for types with no EVT counterpart (e.g. structs),
1872 /// otherwise it will assert.
1874 bool AllowUnknown = false) const {
1875 // Lower scalar pointers to native pointer types.
1876 if (auto *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty))
1877 return getPointerTy(DL, PTy->getAddressSpace());
1878
1879 if (auto *VTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) {
1880 Type *EltTy = VTy->getElementType();
1881 // Lower vectors of pointers to native pointer types.
1882 EVT EltVT;
1883 if (auto *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(EltTy))
1884 EltVT = getPointerTy(DL, PTy->getAddressSpace());
1885 else
1886 EltVT = EVT::getEVT(EltTy, false);
1887 return EVT::getVectorVT(Ty->getContext(), EltVT, VTy->getElementCount());
1888 }
1889
1890 return EVT::getEVT(Ty, AllowUnknown);
1891 }
1892
1894 bool AllowUnknown = false) const {
1895 // Lower scalar pointers to native pointer types.
1896 if (auto *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty))
1897 return getPointerMemTy(DL, PTy->getAddressSpace());
1898
1899 if (auto *VTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) {
1900 Type *EltTy = VTy->getElementType();
1901 EVT EltVT;
1902 if (auto *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(EltTy))
1903 EltVT = getPointerMemTy(DL, PTy->getAddressSpace());
1904 else
1905 EltVT = EVT::getEVT(EltTy, false);
1906 return EVT::getVectorVT(Ty->getContext(), EltVT, VTy->getElementCount());
1907 }
1908
1909 return getValueType(DL, Ty, AllowUnknown);
1910 }
1911
1912
1913 /// Return the MVT corresponding to this LLVM type. See getValueType.
1915 bool AllowUnknown = false) const {
1916 return getValueType(DL, Ty, AllowUnknown).getSimpleVT();
1917 }
1918
1919 /// Returns the desired alignment for ByVal or InAlloca aggregate function
1920 /// arguments in the caller parameter area.
1921 virtual Align getByValTypeAlignment(Type *Ty, const DataLayout &DL) const;
1922
1923 /// Return the type of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
1924 MVT getRegisterType(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const {
1925 return getRegisterTypeImpl(Context, VT, /*ForCallingConv=*/false);
1926 }
1927
1928 /// Return the number of registers that this ValueType will eventually
1929 /// require.
1930 ///
1931 /// This is one for any types promoted to live in larger registers, but may be
1932 /// more than one for types (like i64) that are split into pieces. For types
1933 /// like i140, which are first promoted then expanded, it is the number of
1934 /// registers needed to hold all the bits of the original type. For an i140
1935 /// on a 32 bit machine this means 5 registers.
1936 ///
1937 /// RegisterVT may be passed as a way to override the default settings, for
1938 /// instance with i128 inline assembly operands on SystemZ.
1939 virtual unsigned
1941 std::optional<MVT> RegisterVT = std::nullopt) const {
1942 return getNumRegistersImpl(Context, VT, /*ForCallingConv=*/false);
1943 }
1944
1945 /// Certain combinations of ABIs, Targets and features require that types
1946 /// are legal for some operations and not for other operations.
1947 /// For MIPS all vector types must be passed through the integer register set.
1949 CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT) const {
1950 return getRegisterTypeImpl(Context, VT, /*ForCallingConv=*/true);
1951 }
1952
1953 /// Certain targets require unusual breakdowns of certain types. For MIPS,
1954 /// this occurs when a vector type is used, as vector are passed through the
1955 /// integer register set.
1958 EVT VT) const {
1959 return getNumRegistersImpl(Context, VT, /*ForCallingConv=*/true);
1960 }
1961
1962 /// Certain targets have context sensitive alignment requirements, where one
1963 /// type has the alignment requirement of another type.
1965 const DataLayout &DL) const {
1966 return DL.getABITypeAlign(ArgTy);
1967 }
1968
1969 /// If true, then instruction selection should seek to shrink the FP constant
1970 /// of the specified type to a smaller type in order to save space and / or
1971 /// reduce runtime.
1972 virtual bool ShouldShrinkFPConstant(EVT) const { return true; }
1973
1974 /// Return true if it is profitable to reduce a load to a smaller type.
1975 /// \p ByteOffset is only set if we know the pointer offset at compile time
1976 /// otherwise we should assume that additional pointer math is required.
1977 /// Example: (i16 (trunc (i32 (load x))) -> i16 load x
1978 /// Example: (i16 (trunc (srl (i32 (load x)), 16)) -> i16 load x+2
1980 SDNode *Load, ISD::LoadExtType ExtTy, EVT NewVT,
1981 std::optional<unsigned> ByteOffset = std::nullopt) const {
1982 // By default, assume that it is cheaper to extract a subvector from a wide
1983 // vector load rather than creating multiple narrow vector loads.
1984 if (NewVT.isVector() && !SDValue(Load, 0).hasOneUse())
1985 return false;
1986
1987 return true;
1988 }
1989
1990 /// Return true (the default) if it is profitable to remove a sext_inreg(x)
1991 /// where the sext is redundant, and use x directly.
1992 virtual bool shouldRemoveRedundantExtend(SDValue Op) const { return true; }
1993
1994 /// Indicates if any padding is guaranteed to go at the most significant bits
1995 /// when storing the type to memory and the type size isn't equal to the store
1996 /// size.
1998 return VT.isScalarInteger() && !VT.isByteSized();
1999 }
2000
2001 /// When splitting a value of the specified type into parts, does the Lo
2002 /// or Hi part come first? This usually follows the endianness, except
2003 /// for ppcf128, where the Hi part always comes first.
2005 return DL.isBigEndian() || VT == MVT::ppcf128;
2006 }
2007
2008 /// If true, the target has custom DAG combine transformations that it can
2009 /// perform for the specified node.
2011 assert(unsigned(NT >> 3) < std::size(TargetDAGCombineArray));
2012 return TargetDAGCombineArray[NT >> 3] & (1 << (NT&7));
2013 }
2014
2017 }
2018
2019 /// Returns the size of the platform's va_list object.
2020 virtual unsigned getVaListSizeInBits(const DataLayout &DL) const {
2021 return getPointerTy(DL).getSizeInBits();
2022 }
2023
2024 /// Get maximum # of store operations permitted for llvm.memset
2025 ///
2026 /// This function returns the maximum number of store operations permitted
2027 /// to replace a call to llvm.memset. The value is set by the target at the
2028 /// performance threshold for such a replacement. If OptSize is true,
2029 /// return the limit for functions that have OptSize attribute.
2030 unsigned getMaxStoresPerMemset(bool OptSize) const;
2031
2032 /// Get maximum # of store operations permitted for llvm.memcpy
2033 ///
2034 /// This function returns the maximum number of store operations permitted
2035 /// to replace a call to llvm.memcpy. The value is set by the target at the
2036 /// performance threshold for such a replacement. If OptSize is true,
2037 /// return the limit for functions that have OptSize attribute.
2038 unsigned getMaxStoresPerMemcpy(bool OptSize) const;
2039
2040 /// \brief Get maximum # of store operations to be glued together
2041 ///
2042 /// This function returns the maximum number of store operations permitted
2043 /// to glue together during lowering of llvm.memcpy. The value is set by
2044 // the target at the performance threshold for such a replacement.
2045 virtual unsigned getMaxGluedStoresPerMemcpy() const {
2047 }
2048
2049 /// Get maximum # of load operations permitted for memcmp
2050 ///
2051 /// This function returns the maximum number of load operations permitted
2052 /// to replace a call to memcmp. The value is set by the target at the
2053 /// performance threshold for such a replacement. If OptSize is true,
2054 /// return the limit for functions that have OptSize attribute.
2055 unsigned getMaxExpandSizeMemcmp(bool OptSize) const {
2057 }
2058
2059 /// Get maximum # of store operations permitted for llvm.memmove
2060 ///
2061 /// This function returns the maximum number of store operations permitted
2062 /// to replace a call to llvm.memmove. The value is set by the target at the
2063 /// performance threshold for such a replacement. If OptSize is true,
2064 /// return the limit for functions that have OptSize attribute.
2065 unsigned getMaxStoresPerMemmove(bool OptSize) const;
2066
2067 /// Determine if the target supports unaligned memory accesses.
2068 ///
2069 /// This function returns true if the target allows unaligned memory accesses
2070 /// of the specified type in the given address space. If true, it also returns
2071 /// a relative speed of the unaligned memory access in the last argument by
2072 /// reference. The higher the speed number the faster the operation comparing
2073 /// to a number returned by another such call. This is used, for example, in
2074 /// situations where an array copy/move/set is converted to a sequence of
2075 /// store operations. Its use helps to ensure that such replacements don't
2076 /// generate code that causes an alignment error (trap) on the target machine.
2078 EVT, unsigned AddrSpace = 0, Align Alignment = Align(1),
2080 unsigned * /*Fast*/ = nullptr) const {
2081 return false;
2082 }
2083
2084 /// LLT handling variant.
2086 LLT, unsigned AddrSpace = 0, Align Alignment = Align(1),
2088 unsigned * /*Fast*/ = nullptr) const {
2089 return false;
2090 }
2091
2092 /// This function returns true if the memory access is aligned or if the
2093 /// target allows this specific unaligned memory access. If the access is
2094 /// allowed, the optional final parameter returns a relative speed of the
2095 /// access (as defined by the target).
2096 bool allowsMemoryAccessForAlignment(
2097 LLVMContext &Context, const DataLayout &DL, EVT VT,
2098 unsigned AddrSpace = 0, Align Alignment = Align(1),
2100 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2101
2102 /// Return true if the memory access of this type is aligned or if the target
2103 /// allows this specific unaligned access for the given MachineMemOperand.
2104 /// If the access is allowed, the optional final parameter returns a relative
2105 /// speed of the access (as defined by the target).
2106 bool allowsMemoryAccessForAlignment(LLVMContext &Context,
2107 const DataLayout &DL, EVT VT,
2108 const MachineMemOperand &MMO,
2109 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2110
2111 /// Return true if the target supports a memory access of this type for the
2112 /// given address space and alignment. If the access is allowed, the optional
2113 /// final parameter returns the relative speed of the access (as defined by
2114 /// the target).
2115 virtual bool
2116 allowsMemoryAccess(LLVMContext &Context, const DataLayout &DL, EVT VT,
2117 unsigned AddrSpace = 0, Align Alignment = Align(1),
2119 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2120
2121 /// Return true if the target supports a memory access of this type for the
2122 /// given MachineMemOperand. If the access is allowed, the optional
2123 /// final parameter returns the relative access speed (as defined by the
2124 /// target).
2125 bool allowsMemoryAccess(LLVMContext &Context, const DataLayout &DL, EVT VT,
2126 const MachineMemOperand &MMO,
2127 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2128
2129 /// LLT handling variant.
2130 bool allowsMemoryAccess(LLVMContext &Context, const DataLayout &DL, LLT Ty,
2131 const MachineMemOperand &MMO,
2132 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2133
2134 /// Returns the target specific optimal type for load and store operations as
2135 /// a result of memset, memcpy, and memmove lowering.
2136 /// It returns EVT::Other if the type should be determined using generic
2137 /// target-independent logic.
2138 virtual EVT
2140 const AttributeList & /*FuncAttributes*/) const {
2141 return MVT::Other;
2142 }
2143
2144 /// LLT returning variant.
2145 virtual LLT
2147 const AttributeList & /*FuncAttributes*/) const {
2148 return LLT();
2149 }
2150
2151 /// Returns true if it's safe to use load / store of the specified type to
2152 /// expand memcpy / memset inline.
2153 ///
2154 /// This is mostly true for all types except for some special cases. For
2155 /// example, on X86 targets without SSE2 f64 load / store are done with fldl /
2156 /// fstpl which also does type conversion. Note the specified type doesn't
2157 /// have to be legal as the hook is used before type legalization.
2158 virtual bool isSafeMemOpType(MVT /*VT*/) const { return true; }
2159
2160 /// Return lower limit for number of blocks in a jump table.
2161 virtual unsigned getMinimumJumpTableEntries() const;
2162
2163 /// Return lower limit of the density in a jump table.
2164 unsigned getMinimumJumpTableDensity(bool OptForSize) const;
2165
2166 /// Return upper limit for number of entries in a jump table.
2167 /// Zero if no limit.
2168 unsigned getMaximumJumpTableSize() const;
2169
2170 virtual bool isJumpTableRelative() const;
2171
2172 /// Retuen the minimum of largest number of comparisons in BitTest.
2173 unsigned getMinimumBitTestCmps() const;
2174
2175 /// Return maximum known-legal store size, which can be guaranteed for
2176 /// scalable vectors.
2178 return MaximumLegalStoreInBits;
2179 }
2180
2181 /// If a physical register, this specifies the register that
2182 /// llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save and restore.
2184 return StackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore;
2185 }
2186
2187 /// If a physical register, this returns the register that receives the
2188 /// exception address on entry to an EH pad.
2189 virtual Register
2191 const Constant *PersonalityFn) const {
2192 return Register();
2193 }
2194
2195 /// If a physical register, this returns the register that receives the
2196 /// exception typeid on entry to a landing pad.
2197 virtual Register
2199 const Constant *PersonalityFn) const {
2200 return Register();
2201 }
2202
2203 virtual bool needsFixedCatchObjects() const {
2204 reportFatalUsageError("Funclet EH is not implemented for this target");
2205 }
2206
2207 /// Return the minimum stack alignment of an argument.
2209 return MinStackArgumentAlignment;
2210 }
2211
2212 /// Return the minimum function alignment.
2213 Align getMinFunctionAlignment() const { return MinFunctionAlignment; }
2214
2215 /// Return the preferred function alignment.
2216 Align getPrefFunctionAlignment() const { return PrefFunctionAlignment; }
2217
2218 /// Return the preferred loop alignment. \p BlockToAlign, when non-null, is
2219 /// the block that will actually be aligned; after loop rotation this need not
2220 /// be the LoopInfo header. Targets whose alignment depends on the block
2221 /// contents should use it. Callers that are not aligning a particular block,
2222 /// such as llvm-exegesis and ARM constant islands, leave it null.
2223 virtual Align
2224 getPrefLoopAlignment(MachineLoop *ML = nullptr,
2225 const MachineBasicBlock *BlockToAlign = nullptr) const;
2226
2227 /// Return the maximum amount of bytes allowed to be emitted when padding for
2228 /// alignment
2229 virtual unsigned
2230 getMaxPermittedBytesForAlignment(MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const;
2231
2232 /// Should loops be aligned even when the function is marked OptSize (but not
2233 /// MinSize).
2234 virtual bool alignLoopsWithOptSize() const { return false; }
2235
2236 /// If the target has a standard location for the stack protector guard,
2237 /// returns the address of that location. Otherwise, returns nullptr.
2238 /// DEPRECATED: please override useLoadStackGuardNode and customize
2239 /// LOAD_STACK_GUARD, or customize \@llvm.stackguard().
2240 virtual Value *getIRStackGuard(IRBuilderBase &IRB,
2241 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2242
2243 /// Inserts necessary declarations for SSP (stack protection) purpose.
2244 /// Should be used only when getIRStackGuard returns nullptr.
2245 virtual void insertSSPDeclarations(Module &M,
2246 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2247
2248 /// Return the variable that's previously inserted by insertSSPDeclarations,
2249 /// if any, otherwise return nullptr. Should be used only when
2250 /// getIRStackGuard returns nullptr.
2251 virtual Value *getSDagStackGuard(const Module &M,
2252 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2253
2254 /// If this function returns true, stack protection checks should mix the
2255 /// frame pointer (or whichever pointer is used to address locals) into the
2256 /// stack guard value before checking it. getIRStackGuard must return nullptr
2257 /// if this returns true.
2258 virtual bool useStackGuardMixFP() const { return false; }
2259
2260 /// If the target has a standard stack protection check function that
2261 /// performs validation and error handling, returns the function. Otherwise,
2262 /// returns nullptr. Must be previously inserted by insertSSPDeclarations.
2263 /// Should be used only when getIRStackGuard returns nullptr.
2264 Function *getSSPStackGuardCheck(const Module &M,
2265 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2266
2267protected:
2268 Value *
2269 getDefaultSafeStackPointerLocation(IRBuilderBase &IRB,
2270 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2271
2272public:
2273 /// Emits a call to the libcall returning the address of the unsafe stack
2274 /// pointer. Returns nullptr if the libcall is unavailable.
2275 Value *
2276 getSafeStackPointerAddressCall(IRBuilderBase &IRB,
2277 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2278
2279 /// Returns the target-specific address of the unsafe stack pointer.
2280 virtual Value *
2281 getSafeStackPointerLocation(IRBuilderBase &IRB,
2282 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2283
2284 /// Returns the name of the symbol used to emit stack probes or the empty
2285 /// string if not applicable.
2286 virtual bool hasStackProbeSymbol(const MachineFunction &MF) const { return false; }
2287
2288 virtual bool hasInlineStackProbe(const MachineFunction &MF) const { return false; }
2289
2291 return "";
2292 }
2293
2294 /// Returns true if a cast from SrcAS to DestAS is "cheap", such that e.g. we
2295 /// are happy to sink it into basic blocks. A cast may be free, but not
2296 /// necessarily a no-op. e.g. a free truncate from a 64-bit to 32-bit pointer.
2297 virtual bool isFreeAddrSpaceCast(const DataLayout &DL, unsigned SrcAS,
2298 unsigned DestAS) const;
2299
2300 /// Return true if the pointer arguments to CI should be aligned by aligning
2301 /// the object whose address is being passed. If so then MinSize is set to the
2302 /// minimum size the object must be to be aligned and PrefAlign is set to the
2303 /// preferred alignment.
2304 virtual bool shouldAlignPointerArgs(CallInst * /*CI*/, unsigned & /*MinSize*/,
2305 Align & /*PrefAlign*/) const {
2306 return false;
2307 }
2308
2309 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2310 /// \name Helpers for TargetTransformInfo implementations
2311 /// @{
2312
2313 /// Get the ISD node that corresponds to the Instruction class opcode.
2314 int InstructionOpcodeToISD(unsigned Opcode) const;
2315
2316 /// Get the ISD node that corresponds to the Intrinsic ID. Returns
2317 /// ISD::DELETED_NODE by default for an unsupported Intrinsic ID.
2318 int IntrinsicIDToISD(Intrinsic::ID ID) const;
2319
2320 /// @}
2321
2322 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2323 /// \name Helpers for atomic expansion.
2324 /// @{
2325
2326 /// Returns the maximum atomic operation size (in bits) supported by
2327 /// the backend. Atomic operations greater than this size (as well
2328 /// as ones that are not naturally aligned), will be expanded by
2329 /// AtomicExpandPass into an __atomic_* library call.
2331 return MaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported;
2332 }
2333
2334 /// Returns the size in bits of the maximum div/rem the backend supports.
2335 /// Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
2337 return MaxDivRemBitWidthSupported;
2338 }
2339
2340 /// Returns the size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion the
2341 /// backend supports. Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
2343 return MaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported;
2344 }
2345
2346 /// Returns the size of the smallest cmpxchg or ll/sc instruction
2347 /// the backend supports. Any smaller operations are widened in
2348 /// AtomicExpandPass.
2349 ///
2350 /// Note that *unlike* operations above the maximum size, atomic ops
2351 /// are still natively supported below the minimum; they just
2352 /// require a more complex expansion.
2353 unsigned getMinCmpXchgSizeInBits() const { return MinCmpXchgSizeInBits; }
2354
2355 /// Return true if the target supports an atomic access of \p SizeInBytes
2356 /// bytes at the given \p Alignment. The default implementation only allows
2357 /// naturally aligned atomics, unless setSupportsUnalignedAtomics(true) was
2358 /// called.
2359 virtual bool isAtomicAlignmentSupported(Align Alignment,
2360 uint64_t SizeInBytes) const {
2361 return SupportsUnalignedAtomics || Alignment.value() >= SizeInBytes;
2362 }
2363
2364 /// Whether AtomicExpandPass should automatically insert fences and reduce
2365 /// ordering for this atomic. This should be true for most architectures with
2366 /// weak memory ordering. Defaults to false.
2367 virtual bool shouldInsertFencesForAtomic(const Instruction *I) const {
2368 return false;
2369 }
2370
2371 /// Whether a fence between the load-linked and the store-conditional can
2372 /// clear the reservation. If true, AtomicExpandPass places the release fence
2373 /// of a weak cmpxchg before the load-linked. Defaults to false.
2374 virtual bool fenceClearsLoadLinkedReservation() const { return false; }
2375
2376 /// Whether AtomicExpandPass should automatically insert a seq_cst trailing
2377 /// fence without reducing the ordering for this atomic store. Defaults to
2378 /// false.
2379 virtual bool
2381 return false;
2382 }
2383
2384 // The memory ordering that AtomicExpandPass should assign to a atomic
2385 // instruction that it has lowered by adding fences. This can be used
2386 // to "fold" one of the fences into the atomic instruction.
2387 virtual AtomicOrdering
2391
2392 // Whether to issue an atomic load for the initial word value before the
2393 // atomicrmw/cmpxchg emulation loop.
2394 // TODO: For correctness, an atomic load should be issued for all targets.
2395 // Remove this API once this is achieved
2397 return true;
2398 }
2399
2400 /// Perform a load-linked operation on Addr, returning a "Value *" with the
2401 /// corresponding pointee type. This may entail some non-trivial operations to
2402 /// truncate or reconstruct types that will be illegal in the backend. See
2403 /// ARMISelLowering for an example implementation.
2404 virtual Value *emitLoadLinked(IRBuilderBase &Builder, Type *ValueTy,
2405 Value *Addr, AtomicOrdering Ord) const {
2406 llvm_unreachable("Load linked unimplemented on this target");
2407 }
2408
2409 /// Perform a store-conditional operation to Addr. Return the status of the
2410 /// store. This should be 0 if the store succeeded, non-zero otherwise.
2412 Value *Addr, AtomicOrdering Ord) const {
2413 llvm_unreachable("Store conditional unimplemented on this target");
2414 }
2415
2416 /// Perform a masked atomicrmw using a target-specific intrinsic. This
2417 /// represents the core LL/SC loop which will be lowered at a late stage by
2418 /// the backend. The target-specific intrinsic returns the loaded value and
2419 /// is not responsible for masking and shifting the result.
2421 AtomicRMWInst *AI,
2422 Value *AlignedAddr, Value *Incr,
2423 Value *Mask, Value *ShiftAmt,
2424 AtomicOrdering Ord) const {
2425 llvm_unreachable("Masked atomicrmw expansion unimplemented on this target");
2426 }
2427
2428 /// Perform a atomicrmw expansion using a target-specific way. This is
2429 /// expected to be called when masked atomicrmw and bit test atomicrmw don't
2430 /// work, and the target supports another way to lower atomicrmw.
2431 virtual void emitExpandAtomicRMW(AtomicRMWInst *AI) const {
2433 "Generic atomicrmw expansion unimplemented on this target");
2434 }
2435
2436 /// Perform a atomic store using a target-specific way.
2437 virtual void emitExpandAtomicStore(StoreInst *SI) const {
2439 "Generic atomic store expansion unimplemented on this target");
2440 }
2441
2442 /// Perform a atomic load using a target-specific way.
2443 virtual void emitExpandAtomicLoad(LoadInst *LI) const {
2445 "Generic atomic load expansion unimplemented on this target");
2446 }
2447
2448 /// Perform a cmpxchg expansion using a target-specific method.
2450 llvm_unreachable("Generic cmpxchg expansion unimplemented on this target");
2451 }
2452
2453 /// Perform a bit test atomicrmw using a target-specific intrinsic. This
2454 /// represents the combined bit test intrinsic which will be lowered at a late
2455 /// stage by the backend.
2458 "Bit test atomicrmw expansion unimplemented on this target");
2459 }
2460
2461 /// Perform a atomicrmw which the result is only used by comparison, using a
2462 /// target-specific intrinsic. This represents the combined atomic and compare
2463 /// intrinsic which will be lowered at a late stage by the backend.
2466 "Compare arith atomicrmw expansion unimplemented on this target");
2467 }
2468
2469 /// Perform a masked cmpxchg using a target-specific intrinsic. This
2470 /// represents the core LL/SC loop which will be lowered at a late stage by
2471 /// the backend. The target-specific intrinsic returns the loaded value and
2472 /// is not responsible for masking and shifting the result.
2474 IRBuilderBase &Builder, AtomicCmpXchgInst *CI, Value *AlignedAddr,
2475 Value *CmpVal, Value *NewVal, Value *Mask, AtomicOrdering Ord) const {
2476 llvm_unreachable("Masked cmpxchg expansion unimplemented on this target");
2477 }
2478
2479 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2480 /// \name KCFI check lowering.
2481 /// @{
2482
2485 const TargetInstrInfo *TII) const {
2486 llvm_unreachable("KCFI is not supported on this target");
2487 }
2488
2489 /// @}
2490
2491 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2492 /// \name Speculative load lowering.
2493 /// @{
2494
2495 /// Emit code to check if a speculative load of the given size from Ptr is
2496 /// safe. Returns a Value* representing the check result (i1), or nullptr
2497 /// to use the default lowering (which returns false). Targets can override
2498 /// to provide their own safety check (e.g., alignment-based page boundary
2499 /// check).
2500 /// \param Builder IRBuilder positioned at the intrinsic call site
2501 /// \param Ptr the pointer operand
2502 /// \param Size the size in bytes (constant or runtime value for scalable)
2504 Value *Size) const {
2505 return nullptr;
2506 }
2507
2508 /// @}
2509
2510 /// Inserts in the IR a target-specific intrinsic specifying a fence.
2511 /// It is called by AtomicExpandPass before expanding an
2512 /// AtomicRMW/AtomicCmpXchg/AtomicStore/AtomicLoad
2513 /// if shouldInsertFencesForAtomic returns true.
2514 ///
2515 /// Inst is the original atomic instruction, prior to other expansions that
2516 /// may be performed.
2517 ///
2518 /// This function should either return a nullptr, or a pointer to an IR-level
2519 /// Instruction*. Even complex fence sequences can be represented by a
2520 /// single Instruction* through an intrinsic to be lowered later.
2521 ///
2522 /// The default implementation emits an IR fence before any release (or
2523 /// stronger) operation that stores, and after any acquire (or stronger)
2524 /// operation. This is generally a correct implementation, but backends may
2525 /// override if they wish to use alternative schemes (e.g. the PowerPC
2526 /// standard ABI uses a fence before a seq_cst load instead of after a
2527 /// seq_cst store).
2528 /// @{
2529 virtual Instruction *emitLeadingFence(IRBuilderBase &Builder,
2530 Instruction *Inst,
2531 AtomicOrdering Ord) const;
2532
2533 virtual Instruction *emitTrailingFence(IRBuilderBase &Builder,
2534 Instruction *Inst,
2535 AtomicOrdering Ord) const;
2536 /// @}
2537
2538 // Emits code that executes when the comparison result in the ll/sc
2539 // expansion of a cmpxchg instruction is such that the store-conditional will
2540 // not execute. This makes it possible to balance out the load-linked with
2541 // a dedicated instruction, if desired.
2542 // E.g., on ARM, if ldrex isn't followed by strex, the exclusive monitor would
2543 // be unnecessarily held, except if clrex, inserted by this hook, is executed.
2544 virtual void emitAtomicCmpXchgNoStoreLLBalance(IRBuilderBase &Builder) const {}
2545
2546 /// Returns true if arguments should be sign-extended in lib calls.
2547 virtual bool shouldSignExtendTypeInLibCall(Type *Ty, bool IsSigned) const {
2548 return IsSigned;
2549 }
2550
2551 /// Returns true if arguments should be extended in lib calls.
2552 virtual bool shouldExtendTypeInLibCall(EVT Type) const {
2553 return true;
2554 }
2555
2556 /// Returns how the given (atomic) load should be expanded by the
2557 /// IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
2561
2562 /// Returns how the given (atomic) load should be cast by the IR-level
2563 /// AtomicExpand pass.
2569
2570 /// Returns how the given (atomic) store should be expanded by the IR-level
2571 /// AtomicExpand pass into. For instance AtomicExpansionKind::CustomExpand
2572 /// will try to use an atomicrmw xchg.
2576
2577 /// Returns how the given (atomic) store should be cast by the IR-level
2578 /// AtomicExpand pass into. For instance AtomicExpansionKind::CastToInteger
2579 /// will try to cast the operands to integer values.
2581 if (SI->getValueOperand()->getType()->isFloatingPointTy())
2584 }
2585
2586 /// Returns how the given atomic cmpxchg should be expanded by the IR-level
2587 /// AtomicExpand pass.
2588 virtual AtomicExpansionKind
2592
2593 /// Returns how the IR-level AtomicExpand pass should expand the given
2594 /// AtomicRMW, if at all. By default, elementwise operations are expanded and
2595 /// floating-point operations use are expanded to a compare-exchange loop.
2596 virtual AtomicExpansionKind
2598 if (RMW->isElementwise())
2600 if (RMW->isFloatingPointOperation())
2602 if (RMW->getType()->isVectorTy())
2605 }
2606
2607 /// Returns how the given atomic atomicrmw should be cast by the IR-level
2608 /// AtomicExpand pass.
2609 virtual AtomicExpansionKind
2611 Type *ValTy = RMWI->getValOperand()->getType();
2612 if (RMWI->getOperation() == AtomicRMWInst::Xchg &&
2613 (ValTy->isFloatingPointTy() || ValTy->isPointerTy() ||
2614 ValTy->isVectorTy()))
2616
2618 }
2619
2620 /// On some platforms, an AtomicRMW that never actually modifies the value
2621 /// (such as fetch_add of 0) can be turned into a fence followed by an
2622 /// atomic load. This may sound useless, but it makes it possible for the
2623 /// processor to keep the cacheline shared, dramatically improving
2624 /// performance. And such idempotent RMWs are useful for implementing some
2625 /// kinds of locks, see for example (justification + benchmarks):
2626 /// http://www.hpl.hp.com/techreports/2012/HPL-2012-68.pdf
2627 /// This method tries doing that transformation, returning the atomic load if
2628 /// it succeeds, and nullptr otherwise.
2629 /// If shouldExpandAtomicLoadInIR returns true on that load, it will undergo
2630 /// another round of expansion.
2631 virtual LoadInst *
2633 return nullptr;
2634 }
2635
2636 /// Returns how the platform's atomic operations are extended (ZERO_EXTEND,
2637 /// SIGN_EXTEND, or ANY_EXTEND).
2639 return ISD::ZERO_EXTEND;
2640 }
2641
2642 /// Returns how the platform's atomic compare and swap expects its comparison
2643 /// value to be extended (ZERO_EXTEND, SIGN_EXTEND, or ANY_EXTEND). This is
2644 /// separate from getExtendForAtomicOps, which is concerned with the
2645 /// sign-extension of the instruction's output, whereas here we are concerned
2646 /// with the sign-extension of the input. For targets with compare-and-swap
2647 /// instructions (or sub-word comparisons in their LL/SC loop expansions),
2648 /// the input can be ANY_EXTEND, but the output will still have a specific
2649 /// extension.
2651 return ISD::ANY_EXTEND;
2652 }
2653
2654 /// Returns how the platform's atomic rmw operations expect their input
2655 /// argument to be extended (ZERO_EXTEND, SIGN_EXTEND, or ANY_EXTEND).
2657 return ISD::ANY_EXTEND;
2658 }
2659
2660 /// @}
2661
2662 /// Returns true if we should normalize
2663 /// select(N0&N1, X, Y) => select(N0, select(N1, X, Y), Y) and
2664 /// select(N0|N1, X, Y) => select(N0, select(N1, X, Y, Y)) if it is likely
2665 /// that it saves us from materializing N0 and N1 in an integer register.
2666 /// Targets that are able to perform and/or on flags should return false here.
2667 /// \p VT is the type of the select (and X and Y). \p CCVT is the type of its
2668 /// condition (N0 and N1).
2670 EVT CCVT) const {
2671 // If a target has multiple condition registers, then it likely has logical
2672 // operations on those registers.
2674 return false;
2675 // Only do the transform if the value won't be split into multiple
2676 // registers.
2677 LegalizeTypeAction Action = getTypeAction(Context, VT);
2678 return Action != TypeExpandInteger && Action != TypeExpandFloat &&
2679 Action != TypeSplitVector;
2680 }
2681
2682 virtual bool isProfitableToCombineMinNumMaxNum(EVT VT) const { return true; }
2683
2684 /// Return true if a select of constants (select Cond, C1, C2) should be
2685 /// transformed into simple math ops with the condition value. For example:
2686 /// select Cond, C1, C1-1 --> add (zext Cond), C1-1
2687 virtual bool convertSelectOfConstantsToMath(EVT VT) const {
2688 return false;
2689 }
2690
2691 /// Return true if it is profitable to transform an integer
2692 /// multiplication-by-constant into simpler operations like shifts and adds.
2693 /// This may be true if the target does not directly support the
2694 /// multiplication operation for the specified type or the sequence of simpler
2695 /// ops is faster than the multiply.
2697 EVT VT, SDValue C) const {
2698 return false;
2699 }
2700
2701 /// Return true if it may be profitable to transform
2702 /// (mul (add x, c1), c2) -> (add (mul x, c2), c1*c2).
2703 /// This may not be true if c1 and c2 can be represented as immediates but
2704 /// c1*c2 cannot, for example.
2705 /// The target should check if c1, c2 and c1*c2 can be represented as
2706 /// immediates, or have to be materialized into registers. If it is not sure
2707 /// about some cases, a default true can be returned to let the DAGCombiner
2708 /// decide.
2709 /// AddNode is (add x, c1), and ConstNode is c2.
2711 SDValue ConstNode) const {
2712 return true;
2713 }
2714
2715 /// Return true if it is more correct/profitable to use strict FP_TO_INT
2716 /// conversion operations - canonicalizing the FP source value instead of
2717 /// converting all cases and then selecting based on value.
2718 /// This may be true if the target throws exceptions for out of bounds
2719 /// conversions or has fast FP CMOV.
2720 virtual bool shouldUseStrictFP_TO_INT(EVT FpVT, EVT IntVT,
2721 bool IsSigned) const {
2722 return false;
2723 }
2724
2725 /// Return true if it is beneficial to expand an @llvm.powi.* intrinsic.
2726 /// If not optimizing for size, expanding @llvm.powi.* intrinsics is always
2727 /// considered beneficial.
2728 /// If optimizing for size, expansion is only considered beneficial for upto
2729 /// 5 multiplies and a divide (if the exponent is negative).
2730 bool isBeneficialToExpandPowI(int64_t Exponent, bool OptForSize) const {
2731 if (Exponent < 0)
2732 Exponent = -Exponent;
2733 uint64_t E = static_cast<uint64_t>(Exponent);
2734 return !OptForSize || (llvm::popcount(E) + Log2_64(E) < 7);
2735 }
2736
2737 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2738 // TargetLowering Configuration Methods - These methods should be invoked by
2739 // the derived class constructor to configure this object for the target.
2740 //
2741protected:
2742 /// Specify how the target extends the result of integer and floating point
2743 /// boolean values from i1 to a wider type. See getBooleanContents.
2745 BooleanContents = Ty;
2746 BooleanFloatContents = Ty;
2747 }
2748
2749 /// Specify how the target extends the result of integer and floating point
2750 /// boolean values from i1 to a wider type. See getBooleanContents.
2752 BooleanContents = IntTy;
2753 BooleanFloatContents = FloatTy;
2754 }
2755
2756 /// Specify how the target extends the result of a vector boolean value from a
2757 /// vector of i1 to a wider type. See getBooleanContents.
2759 BooleanVectorContents = Ty;
2760 }
2761
2762 /// Specify the target scheduling preference.
2764 SchedPreferenceInfo = Pref;
2765 }
2766
2767 /// Indicate the minimum number of blocks to generate jump tables.
2768 void setMinimumJumpTableEntries(unsigned Val);
2769
2770 /// Indicate the maximum number of entries in jump tables.
2771 /// Set to zero to generate unlimited jump tables.
2772 void setMaximumJumpTableSize(unsigned);
2773
2774 /// Set the minimum of largest of number of comparisons to generate BitTest.
2775 void setMinimumBitTestCmps(unsigned Val);
2776
2777 /// If set to a physical register, this specifies the register that
2778 /// llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save and restore.
2780 StackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore = R;
2781 }
2782
2783 /// Tells the code generator that the target has BitExtract instructions.
2784 /// The code generator will aggressively sink "shift"s into the blocks of
2785 /// their users if the users will generate "and" instructions which can be
2786 /// combined with "shift" to BitExtract instructions.
2787 void setHasExtractBitsInsn(bool hasExtractInsn = true) {
2788 HasExtractBitsInsn = hasExtractInsn;
2789 }
2790
2791 /// Tells the code generator not to expand logic operations on comparison
2792 /// predicates into separate sequences that increase the amount of flow
2793 /// control.
2794 void setJumpIsExpensive(bool isExpensive = true);
2795
2796 /// Tells the code generator which bitwidths to bypass.
2797 void addBypassSlowDiv(unsigned int SlowBitWidth, unsigned int FastBitWidth) {
2798 BypassSlowDivWidths[SlowBitWidth] = FastBitWidth;
2799 }
2800
2801 /// Add the specified register class as an available regclass for the
2802 /// specified value type. This indicates the selector can handle values of
2803 /// that class natively.
2805 assert((unsigned)VT.SimpleTy < std::size(RegClassForVT));
2806 RegClassForVT[VT.SimpleTy] = RC;
2807 }
2808
2809 /// Return the largest legal super-reg register class of the register class
2810 /// for the specified type and its associated "cost".
2811 virtual std::pair<const TargetRegisterClass *, uint8_t>
2812 findRepresentativeClass(const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI, MVT VT) const;
2813
2814 /// Once all of the register classes are added, this allows us to compute
2815 /// derived properties we expose.
2816 void computeRegisterProperties(const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI);
2817
2818 /// Indicate that the specified operation does not work with the specified
2819 /// type and indicate what to do about it. Note that VT may refer to either
2820 /// the type of a result or that of an operand of Op.
2821 void setOperationAction(unsigned Op, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action) {
2822 assert(Op < std::size(OpActions[0]) && "Table isn't big enough!");
2823 OpActions[(unsigned)VT.SimpleTy][Op] = Action;
2824 }
2826 LegalizeAction Action) {
2827 for (auto Op : Ops)
2828 setOperationAction(Op, VT, Action);
2829 }
2831 LegalizeAction Action) {
2832 for (auto VT : VTs)
2833 setOperationAction(Ops, VT, Action);
2834 }
2835
2836 /// Indicate that the specified load with extension does not work with the
2837 /// specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2838 void setLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT,
2839 LegalizeAction Action) {
2840 assert(ExtType < ISD::LAST_LOADEXT_TYPE && ValVT.isValid() &&
2841 MemVT.isValid() && "Table isn't big enough!");
2842 assert((unsigned)Action < 0x10 && "too many bits for bitfield array");
2843 unsigned Shift = 4 * ExtType;
2844 LoadExtActions[ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] &= ~((uint16_t)0xF << Shift);
2845 LoadExtActions[ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] |= (uint16_t)Action << Shift;
2846 }
2847 void setLoadExtAction(ArrayRef<unsigned> ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT,
2848 LegalizeAction Action) {
2849 for (auto ExtType : ExtTypes)
2850 setLoadExtAction(ExtType, ValVT, MemVT, Action);
2851 }
2853 ArrayRef<MVT> MemVTs, LegalizeAction Action) {
2854 for (auto MemVT : MemVTs)
2855 setLoadExtAction(ExtTypes, ValVT, MemVT, Action);
2856 }
2857
2858 /// Let target indicate that an extending atomic load of the specified type
2859 /// is legal.
2860 void setAtomicLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT,
2861 LegalizeAction Action) {
2862 assert(ExtType < ISD::LAST_LOADEXT_TYPE && ValVT.isValid() &&
2863 MemVT.isValid() && "Table isn't big enough!");
2864 assert((unsigned)Action < 0x10 && "too many bits for bitfield array");
2865 unsigned Shift = 4 * ExtType;
2866 AtomicLoadExtActions[ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] &=
2867 ~((uint16_t)0xF << Shift);
2868 AtomicLoadExtActions[ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] |=
2869 ((uint16_t)Action << Shift);
2870 }
2872 LegalizeAction Action) {
2873 for (auto ExtType : ExtTypes)
2874 setAtomicLoadExtAction(ExtType, ValVT, MemVT, Action);
2875 }
2877 ArrayRef<MVT> MemVTs, LegalizeAction Action) {
2878 for (auto MemVT : MemVTs)
2879 setAtomicLoadExtAction(ExtTypes, ValVT, MemVT, Action);
2880 }
2881
2882 /// Indicate that the specified truncating store does not work with the
2883 /// specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2884 void setTruncStoreAction(MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action) {
2885 assert(ValVT.isValid() && MemVT.isValid() && "Table isn't big enough!");
2886 TruncStoreActions[(unsigned)ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] = Action;
2887 }
2888
2889 /// Indicate that the specified indexed load does or does not work with the
2890 /// specified type and indicate what to do abort it.
2891 ///
2892 /// NOTE: All indexed mode loads are initialized to Expand in
2893 /// TargetLowering.cpp
2895 LegalizeAction Action) {
2896 for (auto IdxMode : IdxModes)
2897 setIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_Load, Action);
2898 }
2899
2901 LegalizeAction Action) {
2902 for (auto VT : VTs)
2903 setIndexedLoadAction(IdxModes, VT, Action);
2904 }
2905
2906 /// Indicate that the specified indexed store does or does not work with the
2907 /// specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2908 ///
2909 /// NOTE: All indexed mode stores are initialized to Expand in
2910 /// TargetLowering.cpp
2912 LegalizeAction Action) {
2913 for (auto IdxMode : IdxModes)
2914 setIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_Store, Action);
2915 }
2916
2918 LegalizeAction Action) {
2919 for (auto VT : VTs)
2920 setIndexedStoreAction(IdxModes, VT, Action);
2921 }
2922
2923 /// Indicate that the specified indexed masked load does or does not work with
2924 /// the specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2925 ///
2926 /// NOTE: All indexed mode masked loads are initialized to Expand in
2927 /// TargetLowering.cpp
2928 void setIndexedMaskedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT,
2929 LegalizeAction Action) {
2930 setIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_MaskedLoad, Action);
2931 }
2932
2933 /// Indicate that the specified indexed masked store does or does not work
2934 /// with the specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2935 ///
2936 /// NOTE: All indexed mode masked stores are initialized to Expand in
2937 /// TargetLowering.cpp
2938 void setIndexedMaskedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT,
2939 LegalizeAction Action) {
2940 setIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_MaskedStore, Action);
2941 }
2942
2943 /// Indicate that the specified condition code is or isn't supported on the
2944 /// target and indicate what to do about it.
2946 LegalizeAction Action) {
2947 for (auto CC : CCs) {
2948 assert(VT.isValid() && (unsigned)CC < std::size(CondCodeActions) &&
2949 "Table isn't big enough!");
2950 assert((unsigned)Action < 0x10 && "too many bits for bitfield array");
2951 /// The lower 3 bits of the SimpleTy index into Nth 4bit set from the
2952 /// 32-bit value and the upper 29 bits index into the second dimension of
2953 /// the array to select what 32-bit value to use.
2954 uint32_t Shift = 4 * (VT.SimpleTy & 0x7);
2955 CondCodeActions[CC][VT.SimpleTy >> 3] &= ~((uint32_t)0xF << Shift);
2956 CondCodeActions[CC][VT.SimpleTy >> 3] |= (uint32_t)Action << Shift;
2957 }
2958 }
2960 LegalizeAction Action) {
2961 for (auto VT : VTs)
2962 setCondCodeAction(CCs, VT, Action);
2963 }
2964
2965 /// Indicate how a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with Acc type AccVT and Input
2966 /// type InputVT should be treated by the target. Either it's legal, needs to
2967 /// be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
2968 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
2969 void setPartialReduceMLAAction(unsigned Opc, MVT AccVT, MVT InputVT,
2970 LegalizeAction Action) {
2973 assert(AccVT.isValid() && InputVT.isValid() &&
2974 "setPartialReduceMLAAction types aren't valid");
2975 PartialReduceActionTypes Key = {Opc, AccVT.SimpleTy, InputVT.SimpleTy};
2976 PartialReduceMLAActions[Key] = Action;
2977 }
2979 MVT InputVT, LegalizeAction Action) {
2980 for (unsigned Opc : Opcodes)
2981 setPartialReduceMLAAction(Opc, AccVT, InputVT, Action);
2982 }
2983
2984 /// Indicate how a VECTOR_INTERLEAVE or VECTOR_DEINTERLEAVE node with the
2985 /// given interleave factor Factor and type VT should be treated.
2986 void setVectorInterleaveAction(unsigned Opc, unsigned Factor, MVT VT,
2987 LegalizeAction Action) {
2989 VectorInterleaveActionKey Key = {Opc, Factor, VT.SimpleTy};
2990 VectorInterleaveActions[Key] = Action;
2991 }
2992
2994 ArrayRef<unsigned> Factors, MVT VT,
2995 LegalizeAction Action) {
2996 for (unsigned Opc : Opcodes)
2997 for (unsigned Factor : Factors)
2998 setVectorInterleaveAction(Opc, Factor, VT, Action);
2999 }
3000
3001 /// If Opc/OrigVT is specified as being promoted, the promotion code defaults
3002 /// to trying a larger integer/fp until it can find one that works. If that
3003 /// default is insufficient, this method can be used by the target to override
3004 /// the default.
3005 void AddPromotedToType(unsigned Opc, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT) {
3006 PromoteToType[std::make_pair(Opc, OrigVT.SimpleTy)] = DestVT.SimpleTy;
3007 }
3008
3009 /// Convenience method to set an operation to Promote and specify the type
3010 /// in a single call.
3011 void setOperationPromotedToType(unsigned Opc, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT) {
3012 setOperationAction(Opc, OrigVT, Promote);
3013 AddPromotedToType(Opc, OrigVT, DestVT);
3014 }
3016 MVT DestVT) {
3017 for (auto Op : Ops) {
3018 setOperationAction(Op, OrigVT, Promote);
3019 AddPromotedToType(Op, OrigVT, DestVT);
3020 }
3021 }
3022
3023 /// Targets should invoke this method for each target independent node that
3024 /// they want to provide a custom DAG combiner for by implementing the
3025 /// PerformDAGCombine virtual method.
3027 for (auto NT : NTs) {
3028 assert(unsigned(NT >> 3) < std::size(TargetDAGCombineArray));
3029 TargetDAGCombineArray[NT >> 3] |= 1 << (NT & 7);
3030 }
3031 }
3032
3033 /// Set the target's minimum function alignment.
3035 MinFunctionAlignment = Alignment;
3036 }
3037
3038 /// Set the target's preferred function alignment. This should be set if
3039 /// there is a performance benefit to higher-than-minimum alignment
3041 PrefFunctionAlignment = Alignment;
3042 }
3043
3044 /// Set the target's preferred loop alignment. Default alignment is one, it
3045 /// means the target does not care about loop alignment. The target may also
3046 /// override getPrefLoopAlignment to provide per-loop values.
3047 void setPrefLoopAlignment(Align Alignment) { PrefLoopAlignment = Alignment; }
3048 void setMaxBytesForAlignment(unsigned MaxBytes) {
3049 MaxBytesForAlignment = MaxBytes;
3050 }
3051
3052 /// Set the minimum stack alignment of an argument.
3054 MinStackArgumentAlignment = Alignment;
3055 }
3056
3057 /// Set the maximum atomic operation size supported by the
3058 /// backend. Atomic operations greater than this size (as well as
3059 /// ones that are not naturally aligned), will be expanded by
3060 /// AtomicExpandPass into an __atomic_* library call.
3061 void setMaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported(unsigned SizeInBits) {
3062 MaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported = SizeInBits;
3063 }
3064
3065 /// Set the size in bits of the maximum div/rem the backend supports.
3066 /// Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
3067 void setMaxDivRemBitWidthSupported(unsigned SizeInBits) {
3068 MaxDivRemBitWidthSupported = SizeInBits;
3069 }
3070
3071 /// Set the size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion the backend
3072 /// supports. Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
3073 void setMaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported(unsigned SizeInBits) {
3074 MaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported = SizeInBits;
3075 }
3076
3077 /// Sets the minimum cmpxchg or ll/sc size supported by the backend.
3078 void setMinCmpXchgSizeInBits(unsigned SizeInBits) {
3079 MinCmpXchgSizeInBits = SizeInBits;
3080 }
3081
3082 /// Sets whether unaligned atomic operations are supported.
3083 void setSupportsUnalignedAtomics(bool UnalignedSupported) {
3084 SupportsUnalignedAtomics = UnalignedSupported;
3085 }
3086
3087public:
3088 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3089 // Addressing mode description hooks (used by LSR etc).
3090 //
3091
3092 /// CodeGenPrepare sinks address calculations into the same BB as Load/Store
3093 /// instructions reading the address. This allows as much computation as
3094 /// possible to be done in the address mode for that operand. This hook lets
3095 /// targets also pass back when this should be done on intrinsics which
3096 /// load/store.
3097 virtual bool getAddrModeArguments(const IntrinsicInst * /*I*/,
3098 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> & /*Ops*/,
3099 Type *& /*AccessTy*/) const {
3100 return false;
3101 }
3102
3103 /// This represents an addressing mode of:
3104 /// BaseGV + BaseOffs + BaseReg + Scale*ScaleReg + ScalableOffset*vscale
3105 /// If BaseGV is null, there is no BaseGV.
3106 /// If BaseOffs is zero, there is no base offset.
3107 /// If HasBaseReg is false, there is no base register.
3108 /// If Scale is zero, there is no ScaleReg. Scale of 1 indicates a reg with
3109 /// no scale.
3110 /// If ScalableOffset is zero, there is no scalable offset.
3111 struct AddrMode {
3113 int64_t BaseOffs = 0;
3114 bool HasBaseReg = false;
3115 int64_t Scale = 0;
3116 int64_t ScalableOffset = 0;
3117 AddrMode() = default;
3118 };
3119
3120 /// Return true if the addressing mode represented by AM is legal for this
3121 /// target, for a load/store of the specified type.
3122 ///
3123 /// The type may be VoidTy, in which case only return true if the addressing
3124 /// mode is legal for a load/store of any legal type. TODO: Handle
3125 /// pre/postinc as well.
3126 ///
3127 /// If the address space cannot be determined, it will be -1.
3128 ///
3129 /// TODO: Remove default argument
3130 virtual bool isLegalAddressingMode(const DataLayout &DL, const AddrMode &AM,
3131 Type *Ty, unsigned AddrSpace,
3132 Instruction *I = nullptr) const;
3133
3134 /// Returns true if the targets addressing mode can target thread local
3135 /// storage (TLS).
3136 virtual bool addressingModeSupportsTLS(const GlobalValue &) const {
3137 return false;
3138 }
3139
3140 /// Return the prefered common base offset.
3141 virtual int64_t getPreferredLargeGEPBaseOffset(int64_t MinOffset,
3142 int64_t MaxOffset) const {
3143 return 0;
3144 }
3145
3146 /// Return true if the specified immediate is legal icmp immediate, that is
3147 /// the target has icmp instructions which can compare a register against the
3148 /// immediate without having to materialize the immediate into a register.
3149 virtual bool isLegalICmpImmediate(int64_t) const {
3150 return true;
3151 }
3152
3153 /// Return true if the specified immediate is legal add immediate, that is the
3154 /// target has add instructions which can add a register with the immediate
3155 /// without having to materialize the immediate into a register.
3156 virtual bool isLegalAddImmediate(int64_t) const {
3157 return true;
3158 }
3159
3160 /// Return true if adding the specified scalable immediate is legal, that is
3161 /// the target has add instructions which can add a register with the
3162 /// immediate (multiplied by vscale) without having to materialize the
3163 /// immediate into a register.
3164 virtual bool isLegalAddScalableImmediate(int64_t) const { return false; }
3165
3166 /// Return true if the specified immediate is legal for the value input of a
3167 /// store instruction.
3168 virtual bool isLegalStoreImmediate(int64_t Value) const {
3169 // Default implementation assumes that at least 0 works since it is likely
3170 // that a zero register exists or a zero immediate is allowed.
3171 return Value == 0;
3172 }
3173
3174 /// Given a shuffle vector SVI representing a vector splat, return a new
3175 /// scalar type of size equal to SVI's scalar type if the new type is more
3176 /// profitable. Returns nullptr otherwise. For example under MVE float splats
3177 /// are converted to integer to prevent the need to move from SPR to GPR
3178 /// registers.
3180 return nullptr;
3181 }
3182
3183 /// Given a set in interconnected phis of type 'From' that are loaded/stored
3184 /// or bitcast to type 'To', return true if the set should be converted to
3185 /// 'To'.
3186 virtual bool shouldConvertPhiType(Type *From, Type *To) const {
3187 return (From->isIntegerTy() || From->isFloatingPointTy()) &&
3188 (To->isIntegerTy() || To->isFloatingPointTy());
3189 }
3190
3191 /// Returns true if the opcode is a commutative binary operation.
3192 virtual bool isCommutativeBinOp(unsigned Opcode) const {
3193 // FIXME: This should get its info from the td file.
3194 switch (Opcode) {
3195 case ISD::ADD:
3196 case ISD::SMIN:
3197 case ISD::SMAX:
3198 case ISD::UMIN:
3199 case ISD::UMAX:
3200 case ISD::MUL:
3201 case ISD::CLMUL:
3202 case ISD::CLMULH:
3203 case ISD::CLMULR:
3204 case ISD::MULHU:
3205 case ISD::MULHS:
3206 case ISD::SMUL_LOHI:
3207 case ISD::UMUL_LOHI:
3208 case ISD::FADD:
3209 case ISD::FMUL:
3210 case ISD::AND:
3211 case ISD::OR:
3212 case ISD::XOR:
3213 case ISD::SADDO:
3214 case ISD::UADDO:
3215 case ISD::ADDC:
3216 case ISD::ADDE:
3217 case ISD::SADDSAT:
3218 case ISD::UADDSAT:
3219 case ISD::FMINNUM:
3220 case ISD::FMAXNUM:
3221 case ISD::FMINNUM_IEEE:
3222 case ISD::FMAXNUM_IEEE:
3223 case ISD::FMINIMUM:
3224 case ISD::FMAXIMUM:
3225 case ISD::FMINIMUMNUM:
3226 case ISD::FMAXIMUMNUM:
3227 case ISD::AVGFLOORS:
3228 case ISD::AVGFLOORU:
3229 case ISD::AVGCEILS:
3230 case ISD::AVGCEILU:
3231 case ISD::ABDS:
3232 case ISD::ABDU:
3233 return true;
3234 default: return false;
3235 }
3236 }
3237
3238 /// Return true if the node is a math/logic binary operator.
3239 virtual bool isBinOp(unsigned Opcode) const {
3240 // A commutative binop must be a binop.
3241 if (isCommutativeBinOp(Opcode))
3242 return true;
3243 // These are non-commutative binops.
3244 switch (Opcode) {
3245 case ISD::SUB:
3246 case ISD::SHL:
3247 case ISD::SRL:
3248 case ISD::SRA:
3249 case ISD::ROTL:
3250 case ISD::ROTR:
3251 case ISD::SDIV:
3252 case ISD::UDIV:
3253 case ISD::SREM:
3254 case ISD::UREM:
3255 case ISD::SSUBSAT:
3256 case ISD::USUBSAT:
3257 case ISD::AVGSUBFLOORS:
3258 case ISD::AVGSUBFLOORU:
3259 case ISD::FSUB:
3260 case ISD::FDIV:
3261 case ISD::FREM:
3262 case ISD::PSEUDO_FMIN:
3263 case ISD::PSEUDO_FMAX:
3264 return true;
3265 default:
3266 return false;
3267 }
3268 }
3269
3270 /// Return true if it's free to truncate a value of type FromTy to type
3271 /// ToTy. e.g. On x86 it's free to truncate a i32 value in register EAX to i16
3272 /// by referencing its sub-register AX.
3273 /// Targets must return false when FromTy <= ToTy.
3274 virtual bool isTruncateFree(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const {
3275 return false;
3276 }
3277
3278 /// Return true if a truncation from FromTy to ToTy is permitted when deciding
3279 /// whether a call is in tail position. Typically this means that both results
3280 /// would be assigned to the same register or stack slot, but it could mean
3281 /// the target performs adequate checks of its own before proceeding with the
3282 /// tail call. Targets must return false when FromTy <= ToTy.
3283 virtual bool allowTruncateForTailCall(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const {
3284 return false;
3285 }
3286
3287 virtual bool isTruncateFree(EVT FromVT, EVT ToVT) const { return false; }
3288 virtual bool isTruncateFree(LLT FromTy, LLT ToTy, LLVMContext &Ctx) const {
3289 return isTruncateFree(getApproximateEVTForLLT(FromTy, Ctx),
3290 getApproximateEVTForLLT(ToTy, Ctx));
3291 }
3292
3293 /// Return true if truncating the specific node Val to type VT2 is free.
3294 virtual bool isTruncateFree(SDValue Val, EVT VT2) const {
3295 // Fallback to type matching.
3296 return isTruncateFree(Val.getValueType(), VT2);
3297 }
3298
3299 virtual bool isProfitableToHoist(Instruction *I) const { return true; }
3300
3301 /// Return true if the extension represented by \p I is free.
3302 /// Unlikely the is[Z|FP]ExtFree family which is based on types,
3303 /// this method can use the context provided by \p I to decide
3304 /// whether or not \p I is free.
3305 /// This method extends the behavior of the is[Z|FP]ExtFree family.
3306 /// In other words, if is[Z|FP]Free returns true, then this method
3307 /// returns true as well. The converse is not true.
3308 /// The target can perform the adequate checks by overriding isExtFreeImpl.
3309 /// \pre \p I must be a sign, zero, or fp extension.
3310 bool isExtFree(const Instruction *I) const {
3311 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
3312 case Instruction::FPExt:
3313 if (isFPExtFree(EVT::getEVT(I->getType()),
3314 EVT::getEVT(I->getOperand(0)->getType())))
3315 return true;
3316 break;
3317 case Instruction::ZExt:
3318 if (isZExtFree(I->getOperand(0)->getType(), I->getType()))
3319 return true;
3320 break;
3321 case Instruction::SExt:
3322 break;
3323 default:
3324 llvm_unreachable("Instruction is not an extension");
3325 }
3326 return isExtFreeImpl(I);
3327 }
3328
3329 /// Return true if \p Load and \p Ext can form an ExtLoad.
3330 /// For example, in AArch64
3331 /// %L = load i8, i8* %ptr
3332 /// %E = zext i8 %L to i32
3333 /// can be lowered into one load instruction
3334 /// ldrb w0, [x0]
3335 bool isExtLoad(const LoadInst *Load, const Instruction *Ext,
3336 const DataLayout &DL) const {
3337 EVT VT = getValueType(DL, Ext->getType());
3338 EVT LoadVT = getValueType(DL, Load->getType());
3339
3340 // If the load has other users and the truncate is not free, the ext
3341 // probably isn't free.
3342 if (!Load->hasOneUse() && (isTypeLegal(LoadVT) || !isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
3343 !isTruncateFree(Ext->getType(), Load->getType()))
3344 return false;
3345
3346 // Check whether the target supports casts folded into loads.
3347 unsigned LType;
3348 if (isa<ZExtInst>(Ext))
3349 LType = ISD::ZEXTLOAD;
3350 else {
3351 assert(isa<SExtInst>(Ext) && "Unexpected ext type!");
3352 LType = ISD::SEXTLOAD;
3353 }
3354
3355 return isLoadLegal(VT, LoadVT, Load->getAlign(),
3356 Load->getPointerAddressSpace(), LType, false);
3357 }
3358
3359 /// Return true if any actual instruction that defines a value of type FromTy
3360 /// implicitly zero-extends the value to ToTy in the result register.
3361 ///
3362 /// The function should return true when it is likely that the truncate can
3363 /// be freely folded with an instruction defining a value of FromTy. If
3364 /// the defining instruction is unknown (because you're looking at a
3365 /// function argument, PHI, etc.) then the target may require an
3366 /// explicit truncate, which is not necessarily free, but this function
3367 /// does not deal with those cases.
3368 /// Targets must return false when FromTy >= ToTy.
3369 virtual bool isZExtFree(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const {
3370 return false;
3371 }
3372
3373 virtual bool isZExtFree(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const { return false; }
3374 virtual bool isZExtFree(LLT FromTy, LLT ToTy, LLVMContext &Ctx) const {
3375 return isZExtFree(getApproximateEVTForLLT(FromTy, Ctx),
3376 getApproximateEVTForLLT(ToTy, Ctx));
3377 }
3378
3379 /// Return true if zero-extending the specific node Val to type VT2 is free
3380 /// (either because it's implicitly zero-extended such as ARM ldrb / ldrh or
3381 /// because it's folded such as X86 zero-extending loads).
3382 virtual bool isZExtFree(SDValue Val, EVT VT2) const {
3383 return isZExtFree(Val.getValueType(), VT2);
3384 }
3385
3386 /// Return true is an anyext is free from FromTy to ToTy. Usually true for
3387 /// scalar types when not trying to pack elements into vector lanes.
3388 virtual bool isAnyExtFree(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const {
3389 return !FromTy.isVector();
3390 }
3391
3392 /// Return true if sign-extension from FromTy to ToTy is cheaper than
3393 /// zero-extension.
3394 virtual bool isSExtCheaperThanZExt(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const {
3395 return false;
3396 }
3397
3398 /// Return true if this constant should be sign extended when promoting to
3399 /// a larger type.
3400 virtual bool signExtendConstant(const ConstantInt *C) const { return false; }
3401
3402 /// Try to optimize extending or truncating conversion instructions (like
3403 /// zext, trunc, fptoui, uitofp) for the target.
3404 virtual bool
3406 const TargetTransformInfo &TTI) const {
3407 return false;
3408 }
3409
3411 return false;
3412 }
3413
3414 /// Return true if the target supplies and combines to a paired load
3415 /// two loaded values of type LoadedType next to each other in memory.
3416 /// RequiredAlignment gives the minimal alignment constraints that must be met
3417 /// to be able to select this paired load.
3418 ///
3419 /// This information is *not* used to generate actual paired loads, but it is
3420 /// used to generate a sequence of loads that is easier to combine into a
3421 /// paired load.
3422 /// For instance, something like this:
3423 /// a = load i64* addr
3424 /// b = trunc i64 a to i32
3425 /// c = lshr i64 a, 32
3426 /// d = trunc i64 c to i32
3427 /// will be optimized into:
3428 /// b = load i32* addr1
3429 /// d = load i32* addr2
3430 /// Where addr1 = addr2 +/- sizeof(i32).
3431 ///
3432 /// In other words, unless the target performs a post-isel load combining,
3433 /// this information should not be provided because it will generate more
3434 /// loads.
3435 virtual bool hasPairedLoad(EVT /*LoadedType*/,
3436 Align & /*RequiredAlignment*/) const {
3437 return false;
3438 }
3439
3440 /// Return true if the target has a vector blend instruction.
3441 virtual bool hasVectorBlend() const { return false; }
3442
3443 /// Get the maximum supported factor for interleaved memory accesses.
3444 /// Default to be the minimum interleave factor: 2.
3445 virtual unsigned getMaxSupportedInterleaveFactor() const { return 2; }
3446
3447 /// Lower an interleaved load to target specific intrinsics. Return
3448 /// true on success.
3449 ///
3450 /// \p Load is the vector load instruction. Can be either a plain load
3451 /// instruction or a vp.load intrinsic.
3452 /// \p Mask is a per-segment (i.e. number of lanes equal to that of one
3453 /// component being interwoven) mask. Can be nullptr, in which case the
3454 /// result is uncondiitional.
3455 /// \p Shuffles is the shufflevector list to DE-interleave the loaded vector.
3456 /// \p Indices is the corresponding indices for each shufflevector.
3457 /// \p Factor is the interleave factor.
3458 /// \p GapMask is a mask with zeros for components / fields that may not be
3459 /// accessed.
3462 ArrayRef<unsigned> Indices, unsigned Factor,
3463 const APInt &GapMask) const {
3464 return false;
3465 }
3466
3467 /// Lower an interleaved store to target specific intrinsics. Return
3468 /// true on success.
3469 ///
3470 /// \p SI is the vector store instruction. Can be either a plain store
3471 /// or a vp.store.
3472 /// \p Mask is a per-segment (i.e. number of lanes equal to that of one
3473 /// component being interwoven) mask. Can be nullptr, in which case the
3474 /// result is unconditional.
3475 /// \p SVI is the shufflevector to RE-interleave the stored vector.
3476 /// \p Factor is the interleave factor.
3477 /// \p GapMask is a mask with zeros for components / fields that may not be
3478 /// accessed.
3480 ShuffleVectorInst *SVI, unsigned Factor,
3481 const APInt &GapMask) const {
3482 return false;
3483 }
3484
3485 /// Lower a deinterleave intrinsic to a target specific load intrinsic.
3486 /// Return true on success. Currently only supports
3487 /// llvm.vector.deinterleave{2,3,5,7}
3488 ///
3489 /// \p Load is the accompanying load instruction. Can be either a plain load
3490 /// instruction or a vp.load intrinsic.
3491 /// \p DI represents the deinterleaveN intrinsic.
3492 /// \p GapMask is a mask with zeros for components / fields that may not be
3493 /// accessed.
3495 IntrinsicInst *DI,
3496 const APInt &GapMask) const {
3497 return false;
3498 }
3499
3500 /// Lower an interleave intrinsic to a target specific store intrinsic.
3501 /// Return true on success. Currently only supports
3502 /// llvm.vector.interleave{2,3,5,7}
3503 ///
3504 /// \p Store is the accompanying store instruction. Can be either a plain
3505 /// store or a vp.store intrinsic.
3506 /// \p Mask is a per-segment (i.e. number of lanes equal to that of one
3507 /// component being interwoven) mask. Can be nullptr, in which case the
3508 /// result is uncondiitional.
3509 /// \p InterleaveValues contains the interleaved values.
3510 virtual bool
3512 ArrayRef<Value *> InterleaveValues) const {
3513 return false;
3514 }
3515
3516 /// Return true if an fpext operation is free (for instance, because
3517 /// single-precision floating-point numbers are implicitly extended to
3518 /// double-precision).
3519 virtual bool isFPExtFree(EVT DestVT, EVT SrcVT) const {
3520 assert(SrcVT.isFloatingPoint() && DestVT.isFloatingPoint() &&
3521 "invalid fpext types");
3522 return false;
3523 }
3524
3525 /// Return true if an fpext operation input to an \p Opcode operation is free
3526 /// (for instance, because half-precision floating-point numbers are
3527 /// implicitly extended to float-precision) for an FMA instruction.
3528 virtual bool isFPExtFoldable(const MachineInstr &MI, unsigned Opcode,
3529 LLT DestTy, LLT SrcTy) const {
3530 return false;
3531 }
3532
3533 /// Return true if an fpext operation input to an \p Opcode operation is free
3534 /// (for instance, because half-precision floating-point numbers are
3535 /// implicitly extended to float-precision) for an FMA instruction.
3536 virtual bool isFPExtFoldable(const SelectionDAG &DAG, unsigned Opcode,
3537 EVT DestVT, EVT SrcVT) const {
3538 assert(DestVT.isFloatingPoint() && SrcVT.isFloatingPoint() &&
3539 "invalid fpext types");
3540 return isFPExtFree(DestVT, SrcVT);
3541 }
3542
3543 /// Return true if folding a vector load into ExtVal (a sign, zero, or any
3544 /// extend node) is profitable.
3545 virtual bool isVectorLoadExtDesirable(SDValue ExtVal) const { return false; }
3546
3547 /// Return true if an fneg operation is free to the point where it is never
3548 /// worthwhile to replace it with a bitwise operation.
3549 virtual bool isFNegFree(EVT VT) const {
3550 assert(VT.isFloatingPoint());
3551 return false;
3552 }
3553
3554 /// Return true if an fabs operation is free to the point where it is never
3555 /// worthwhile to replace it with a bitwise operation.
3556 virtual bool isFAbsFree(EVT VT) const {
3557 assert(VT.isFloatingPoint());
3558 return false;
3559 }
3560
3561 /// Return true if an FMA operation is faster than a pair of fmul and fadd
3562 /// instructions. fmuladd intrinsics will be expanded to FMAs when this method
3563 /// returns true, otherwise fmuladd is expanded to fmul + fadd.
3564 ///
3565 /// NOTE: This may be called before legalization on types for which FMAs are
3566 /// not legal, but should return true if those types will eventually legalize
3567 /// to types that support FMAs. After legalization, it will only be called on
3568 /// types that support FMAs (via Legal or Custom actions)
3569 ///
3570 /// Targets that care about soft float support should return false when soft
3571 /// float code is being generated (i.e. use-soft-float).
3573 EVT) const {
3574 return false;
3575 }
3576
3577 /// Return true if an FMA operation is faster than a pair of fmul and fadd
3578 /// instructions. fmuladd intrinsics will be expanded to FMAs when this method
3579 /// returns true, otherwise fmuladd is expanded to fmul + fadd.
3580 ///
3581 /// NOTE: This may be called before legalization on types for which FMAs are
3582 /// not legal, but should return true if those types will eventually legalize
3583 /// to types that support FMAs. After legalization, it will only be called on
3584 /// types that support FMAs (via Legal or Custom actions)
3586 LLT) const {
3587 return false;
3588 }
3589
3590 /// IR version
3591 virtual bool isFMAFasterThanFMulAndFAdd(const Function &F, Type *) const {
3592 return false;
3593 }
3594
3595 /// Returns true if \p MI can be combined with another instruction to
3596 /// form TargetOpcode::G_FMAD. \p N may be an TargetOpcode::G_FADD,
3597 /// TargetOpcode::G_FSUB, or an TargetOpcode::G_FMUL which will be
3598 /// distributed into an fadd/fsub.
3599 virtual bool isFMADLegal(const MachineInstr &MI, LLT Ty) const {
3600 assert((MI.getOpcode() == TargetOpcode::G_FADD ||
3601 MI.getOpcode() == TargetOpcode::G_FSUB ||
3602 MI.getOpcode() == TargetOpcode::G_FMUL) &&
3603 "unexpected node in FMAD forming combine");
3604 switch (Ty.getScalarSizeInBits()) {
3605 case 16:
3606 return isOperationLegal(TargetOpcode::G_FMAD, MVT::f16);
3607 case 32:
3608 return isOperationLegal(TargetOpcode::G_FMAD, MVT::f32);
3609 case 64:
3610 return isOperationLegal(TargetOpcode::G_FMAD, MVT::f64);
3611 default:
3612 break;
3613 }
3614
3615 return false;
3616 }
3617
3618 /// Returns true if be combined with to form an ISD::FMAD. \p N may be an
3619 /// ISD::FADD, ISD::FSUB, or an ISD::FMUL which will be distributed into an
3620 /// fadd/fsub.
3621 virtual bool isFMADLegal(const SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDNode *N) const {
3622 assert((N->getOpcode() == ISD::FADD || N->getOpcode() == ISD::FSUB ||
3623 N->getOpcode() == ISD::FMUL) &&
3624 "unexpected node in FMAD forming combine");
3625 return isOperationLegal(ISD::FMAD, N->getValueType(0));
3626 }
3627
3628 // Return true when the decision to generate FMA's (or FMS, FMLA etc) rather
3629 // than FMUL and ADD is delegated to the machine combiner.
3631 CodeGenOptLevel OptLevel) const {
3632 return false;
3633 }
3634
3635 /// Return true if it's profitable to narrow operations of type SrcVT to
3636 /// DestVT. e.g. on x86, it's profitable to narrow from i32 to i8 but not from
3637 /// i32 to i16.
3638 virtual bool isNarrowingProfitable(SDNode *N, EVT SrcVT, EVT DestVT) const {
3639 return false;
3640 }
3641
3642 /// Return true if pulling a binary operation into a select with an identity
3643 /// constant is profitable. This is the inverse of an IR transform.
3644 /// Example: X + (Cond ? Y : 0) --> Cond ? (X + Y) : X
3645 virtual bool shouldFoldSelectWithIdentityConstant(unsigned BinOpcode, EVT VT,
3646 unsigned SelectOpcode,
3647 SDValue X,
3648 SDValue Y) const {
3649 return false;
3650 }
3651
3652 /// Return true if it is beneficial to convert a load of a constant to
3653 /// just the constant itself.
3654 /// On some targets it might be more efficient to use a combination of
3655 /// arithmetic instructions to materialize the constant instead of loading it
3656 /// from a constant pool.
3658 Type *Ty) const {
3659 return false;
3660 }
3661
3662 /// Return the cost of extracting a subvector of type \p ResVT from a vector
3663 /// of type \p SrcVT, starting at element \p Index.
3664 ///
3665 /// Most callers only create a new EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR when the cost is at most
3666 /// ExtractSubvectorCost::Cheap. This hook exists because EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR
3667 /// usually has custom lowering that depends on the index of the first
3668 /// element, so only the target knows which lowering is cheap.
3670 unsigned Index) const {
3672 }
3673
3674 /// Try to convert an extract element of a vector binary operation into an
3675 /// extract element followed by a scalar operation.
3676 virtual bool shouldScalarizeBinop(SDValue VecOp) const {
3677 return false;
3678 }
3679
3680 /// Return true if extraction of a scalar element from the given vector type
3681 /// at the given index is cheap. For example, if scalar operations occur on
3682 /// the same register file as vector operations, then an extract element may
3683 /// be a sub-register rename rather than an actual instruction.
3684 virtual bool isExtractVecEltCheap(EVT VT, unsigned Index) const {
3685 return false;
3686 }
3687
3688 /// Try to convert math with an overflow comparison into the corresponding DAG
3689 /// node operation. Targets may want to override this independently of whether
3690 /// the operation is legal/custom for the given type because it may obscure
3691 /// matching of other patterns.
3692 virtual bool shouldFormOverflowOp(unsigned Opcode, EVT VT,
3693 bool MathUsed) const {
3694 // Form it if it is legal.
3695 if (isOperationLegal(Opcode, VT))
3696 return true;
3697
3698 // TODO: The default logic is inherited from code in CodeGenPrepare.
3699 // The opcode should not make a difference by default?
3700 if (Opcode != ISD::UADDO)
3701 return false;
3702
3703 // Allow the transform as long as we have an integer type that is not
3704 // obviously illegal and unsupported and if the math result is used
3705 // besides the overflow check. On some targets (e.g. SPARC), it is
3706 // not profitable to form on overflow op if the math result has no
3707 // concrete users.
3708 if (VT.isVector())
3709 return false;
3710 return MathUsed && (VT.isSimple() || !isOperationExpand(Opcode, VT));
3711 }
3712
3713 // Return true if the target wants to optimize the mul overflow intrinsic
3714 // for the given \p VT.
3716 EVT VT) const {
3717 return false;
3718 }
3719
3720 // Return true if it is profitable to use a scalar input to a BUILD_VECTOR
3721 // even if the vector itself has multiple uses.
3722 virtual bool aggressivelyPreferBuildVectorSources(EVT VecVT) const {
3723 return false;
3724 }
3725
3726 // Return true if CodeGenPrepare should consider splitting large offset of a
3727 // GEP to make the GEP fit into the addressing mode and can be sunk into the
3728 // same blocks of its users.
3729 virtual bool shouldConsiderGEPOffsetSplit() const { return false; }
3730
3731 /// Return true if creating a shift of the type by the given
3732 /// amount is not profitable.
3733 virtual bool shouldAvoidTransformToShift(EVT VT, unsigned Amount) const {
3734 return false;
3735 }
3736
3737 // Should we fold (select_cc seteq (and x, y), 0, 0, A) -> (and (sra (shl x))
3738 // A) where y has a single bit set?
3740 const APInt &AndMask) const {
3741 unsigned ShCt = AndMask.getBitWidth() - 1;
3742 return !shouldAvoidTransformToShift(VT, ShCt);
3743 }
3744
3745 /// Does this target require the clearing of high-order bits in a register
3746 /// passed to the fp16 to fp conversion library function.
3747 virtual bool shouldKeepZExtForFP16Conv() const { return false; }
3748
3749 /// Should we generate fp_to_si_sat and fp_to_ui_sat from type FPVT to type
3750 /// VT. Used when folding idioms into a saturating fp-to-int conversion, such
3751 /// as min(max(fptoi)) clamps or NaN-guarded selects.
3752 virtual bool shouldConvertFpToSat(unsigned Op, EVT FPVT, EVT VT) const {
3753 return isOperationLegalOrCustom(Op, VT);
3754 }
3755
3756 /// Should we prefer selects to doing arithmetic on boolean types
3758 return false;
3759 }
3760
3761 /// True if target has some particular form of dealing with pointer arithmetic
3762 /// semantics for pointers with the given value type. False if pointer
3763 /// arithmetic should not be preserved for passes such as instruction
3764 /// selection, and can fallback to regular arithmetic.
3765 /// This should be removed when PTRADD nodes are widely supported by backends.
3766 virtual bool shouldPreservePtrArith(const Function &F, EVT PtrVT) const {
3767 return false;
3768 }
3769
3770 /// True if the target allows transformations of in-bounds pointer
3771 /// arithmetic that cause out-of-bounds intermediate results.
3773 EVT PtrVT) const {
3774 return false;
3775 }
3776
3777 /// Does this target support complex deinterleaving
3778 virtual bool isComplexDeinterleavingSupported() const { return false; }
3779
3780 /// Does this target support complex deinterleaving with the given operation
3781 /// and type
3784 return false;
3785 }
3786
3787 // Get the preferred opcode for FP_TO_XINT nodes.
3788 // By default, this checks if the provded operation is an illegal FP_TO_UINT
3789 // and if so, checks if FP_TO_SINT is legal or custom for use as a
3790 // replacement. If both UINT and SINT conversions are Custom, we choose SINT
3791 // by default because that's the right thing on PPC.
3792 virtual unsigned getPreferredFPToIntOpcode(unsigned Op, EVT FromVT,
3793 EVT ToVT) const {
3794 if (isOperationLegal(Op, ToVT))
3795 return Op;
3796 switch (Op) {
3797 case ISD::FP_TO_UINT:
3799 return ISD::FP_TO_SINT;
3800 break;
3804 break;
3805 default:
3806 break;
3807 }
3808 return Op;
3809 }
3810
3811 /// Create the IR node for the given complex deinterleaving operation.
3812 /// If one cannot be created using all the given inputs, nullptr should be
3813 /// returned.
3816 ComplexDeinterleavingRotation Rotation, Value *InputA, Value *InputB,
3817 Value *Accumulator = nullptr) const {
3818 return nullptr;
3819 }
3820
3822 return RuntimeLibcallInfo;
3823 }
3824
3825 const LibcallLoweringInfo &getLibcallLoweringInfo() const { return Libcalls; }
3826
3827 void setLibcallImpl(RTLIB::Libcall Call, RTLIB::LibcallImpl Impl) {
3828 Libcalls.setLibcallImpl(Call, Impl);
3829 }
3830
3831 /// Get the libcall impl routine name for the specified libcall.
3832 RTLIB::LibcallImpl getLibcallImpl(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const {
3833 return Libcalls.getLibcallImpl(Call);
3834 }
3835
3836 /// Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall.
3837 // FIXME: This should be removed. Only LibcallImpl should have a name.
3838 const char *getLibcallName(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const {
3839 return Libcalls.getLibcallName(Call);
3840 }
3841
3842 /// Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall implementation
3846
3847 /// Get the CallingConv that should be used for the specified libcall.
3848 // FIXME: Remove this wrapper and directly use the used LibcallImpl
3850 return Libcalls.getLibcallCallingConv(Call);
3851 }
3852
3853 /// Execute target specific actions to finalize target lowering.
3854 /// This is used to set extra flags in MachineFrameInformation and freezing
3855 /// the set of reserved registers.
3856 /// The default implementation just freezes the set of reserved registers.
3857 virtual void finalizeLowering(MachineFunction &MF) const;
3858
3859 /// Returns true if it's profitable to allow merging store of loads when there
3860 /// are functions calls between the load and the store.
3861 virtual bool shouldMergeStoreOfLoadsOverCall(EVT, EVT) const { return true; }
3862
3863 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3864 // GlobalISel Hooks
3865 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3866 /// Check whether or not \p MI needs to be moved close to its uses.
3867 virtual bool shouldLocalize(const MachineInstr &MI, const TargetTransformInfo *TTI) const;
3868
3869
3870private:
3871 const TargetMachine &TM;
3872
3873 /// Tells the code generator that the target has BitExtract instructions.
3874 /// The code generator will aggressively sink "shift"s into the blocks of
3875 /// their users if the users will generate "and" instructions which can be
3876 /// combined with "shift" to BitExtract instructions.
3877 bool HasExtractBitsInsn;
3878
3879 /// Tells the code generator to bypass slow divide or remainder
3880 /// instructions. For example, BypassSlowDivWidths[32,8] tells the code
3881 /// generator to bypass 32-bit integer div/rem with an 8-bit unsigned integer
3882 /// div/rem when the operands are positive and less than 256.
3883 DenseMap <unsigned int, unsigned int> BypassSlowDivWidths;
3884
3885 /// Tells the code generator that it shouldn't generate extra flow control
3886 /// instructions and should attempt to combine flow control instructions via
3887 /// predication.
3888 bool JumpIsExpensive;
3889
3890 /// Information about the contents of the high-bits in boolean values held in
3891 /// a type wider than i1. See getBooleanContents.
3892 BooleanContent BooleanContents;
3893
3894 /// Information about the contents of the high-bits in boolean values held in
3895 /// a type wider than i1. See getBooleanContents.
3896 BooleanContent BooleanFloatContents;
3897
3898 /// Information about the contents of the high-bits in boolean vector values
3899 /// when the element type is wider than i1. See getBooleanContents.
3900 BooleanContent BooleanVectorContents;
3901
3902 /// The target scheduling preference: shortest possible total cycles or lowest
3903 /// register usage.
3904 Sched::Preference SchedPreferenceInfo;
3905
3906 /// The minimum alignment that any argument on the stack needs to have.
3907 Align MinStackArgumentAlignment;
3908
3909 /// The minimum function alignment (used when optimizing for size, and to
3910 /// prevent explicitly provided alignment from leading to incorrect code).
3911 Align MinFunctionAlignment;
3912
3913 /// The preferred function alignment (used when alignment unspecified and
3914 /// optimizing for speed).
3915 Align PrefFunctionAlignment;
3916
3917 /// The preferred loop alignment (in log2 bot in bytes).
3918 Align PrefLoopAlignment;
3919 /// The maximum amount of bytes permitted to be emitted for alignment.
3920 unsigned MaxBytesForAlignment;
3921
3922 /// Size in bits of the maximum atomics size the backend supports.
3923 /// Accesses larger than this will be expanded by AtomicExpandPass.
3924 unsigned MaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported;
3925
3926 /// Size in bits of the maximum div/rem size the backend supports.
3927 /// Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
3928 unsigned MaxDivRemBitWidthSupported;
3929
3930 /// Size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion size the
3931 /// backend supports. Larger operations will be expanded by
3932 /// ExpandIRInsts.
3933 unsigned MaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported;
3934
3935 /// Size in bits of the minimum cmpxchg or ll/sc operation the
3936 /// backend supports.
3937 unsigned MinCmpXchgSizeInBits;
3938
3939 /// The minimum of largest number of comparisons to use bit test for switch.
3940 unsigned MinimumBitTestCmps;
3941
3942 /// Maximum known-legal store size, which can be guaranteed for scalable
3943 /// vectors.
3944 unsigned MaximumLegalStoreInBits;
3945
3946 /// This indicates if the target supports unaligned atomic operations.
3947 bool SupportsUnalignedAtomics;
3948
3949 /// If set to a physical register, this specifies the register that
3950 /// llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save and restore.
3951 Register StackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore;
3952
3953 /// This indicates the default register class to use for each ValueType the
3954 /// target supports natively.
3955 const TargetRegisterClass *RegClassForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3956 uint16_t NumRegistersForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3957 MVT RegisterTypeForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3958
3959 /// This indicates the "representative" register class to use for each
3960 /// ValueType the target supports natively. This information is used by the
3961 /// scheduler to track register pressure. By default, the representative
3962 /// register class is the largest legal super-reg register class of the
3963 /// register class of the specified type. e.g. On x86, i8, i16, and i32's
3964 /// representative class would be GR32.
3965 const TargetRegisterClass *RepRegClassForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE] = {nullptr};
3966
3967 /// This indicates the "cost" of the "representative" register class for each
3968 /// ValueType. The cost is used by the scheduler to approximate register
3969 /// pressure.
3970 uint8_t RepRegClassCostForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3971
3972 /// For any value types we are promoting or expanding, this contains the value
3973 /// type that we are changing to. For Expanded types, this contains one step
3974 /// of the expand (e.g. i64 -> i32), even if there are multiple steps required
3975 /// (e.g. i64 -> i16). For types natively supported by the system, this holds
3976 /// the same type (e.g. i32 -> i32).
3977 MVT TransformToType[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3978
3979 /// For each operation and each value type, keep a LegalizeAction that
3980 /// indicates how instruction selection should deal with the operation. Most
3981 /// operations are Legal (aka, supported natively by the target), but
3982 /// operations that are not should be described. Note that operations on
3983 /// non-legal value types are not described here.
3984 LegalizeAction OpActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][ISD::BUILTIN_OP_END];
3985
3986 /// For each load extension type and each value type, keep a LegalizeAction
3987 /// that indicates how instruction selection should deal with a load of a
3988 /// specific value type and extension type. Uses 4-bits to store the action
3989 /// for each of the 4 load ext types.
3990 uint16_t LoadExtActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3991
3992 /// Similar to LoadExtActions, but for atomic loads. Only Legal or Expand
3993 /// (default) values are supported.
3994 uint16_t AtomicLoadExtActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3995
3996 /// For each value type pair keep a LegalizeAction that indicates whether a
3997 /// truncating store of a specific value type and truncating type is legal.
3998 LegalizeAction TruncStoreActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3999
4000 /// For each indexed mode and each value type, keep a quad of LegalizeAction
4001 /// that indicates how instruction selection should deal with the load /
4002 /// store / maskedload / maskedstore.
4003 ///
4004 /// The first dimension is the value_type for the reference. The second
4005 /// dimension represents the various modes for load store.
4006 uint16_t IndexedModeActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][ISD::LAST_INDEXED_MODE];
4007
4008 /// For each condition code (ISD::CondCode) keep a LegalizeAction that
4009 /// indicates how instruction selection should deal with the condition code.
4010 ///
4011 /// Because each CC action takes up 4 bits, we need to have the array size be
4012 /// large enough to fit all of the value types. This can be done by rounding
4013 /// up the MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE value to the next multiple of 8.
4014 uint32_t CondCodeActions[ISD::SETCC_INVALID][(MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE + 7) / 8];
4015
4017 std::tuple<unsigned, MVT::SimpleValueType, MVT::SimpleValueType>;
4018 /// For each partial reduce opcode, result type and input type combination,
4019 /// keep a LegalizeAction which indicates how instruction selection should
4020 /// deal with this operation.
4021 DenseMap<PartialReduceActionTypes, LegalizeAction> PartialReduceMLAActions;
4022
4024 std::tuple<unsigned, unsigned, MVT::SimpleValueType>;
4025 /// For each vector (de)interleave opcode, interleave factor and fragment
4026 /// type combination, keep the corresponding LegalizeAction.
4027 DenseMap<VectorInterleaveActionKey, LegalizeAction> VectorInterleaveActions;
4028
4029 ValueTypeActionImpl ValueTypeActions;
4030
4031private:
4032 /// Targets can specify ISD nodes that they would like PerformDAGCombine
4033 /// callbacks for by calling setTargetDAGCombine(), which sets a bit in this
4034 /// array.
4035 unsigned char
4036 TargetDAGCombineArray[(ISD::BUILTIN_OP_END+CHAR_BIT-1)/CHAR_BIT];
4037
4038 /// For operations that must be promoted to a specific type, this holds the
4039 /// destination type. This map should be sparse, so don't hold it as an
4040 /// array.
4041 ///
4042 /// Targets add entries to this map with AddPromotedToType(..), clients access
4043 /// this with getTypeToPromoteTo(..).
4044 std::map<std::pair<unsigned, MVT::SimpleValueType>, MVT::SimpleValueType>
4045 PromoteToType;
4046
4047 /// FIXME: This should not live here; it should come from an analysis.
4048 const RTLIB::RuntimeLibcallsInfo RuntimeLibcallInfo;
4049
4050 /// The list of libcalls that the target will use.
4051 /// FIXME: This should not live here; it should come from an analysis.
4052 LibcallLoweringInfo Libcalls;
4053
4054 /// The bits of IndexedModeActions used to store the legalisation actions
4055 /// We store the data as | ML | MS | L | S | each taking 4 bits.
4056 enum IndexedModeActionsBits {
4057 IMAB_Store = 0,
4058 IMAB_Load = 4,
4059 IMAB_MaskedStore = 8,
4060 IMAB_MaskedLoad = 12
4061 };
4062
4063 void setIndexedModeAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT, unsigned Shift,
4064 LegalizeAction Action) {
4065 assert(VT.isValid() && IdxMode < ISD::LAST_INDEXED_MODE &&
4066 (unsigned)Action < 0xf && "Table isn't big enough!");
4067 unsigned Ty = (unsigned)VT.SimpleTy;
4068 IndexedModeActions[Ty][IdxMode] &= ~(0xf << Shift);
4069 IndexedModeActions[Ty][IdxMode] |= ((uint16_t)Action) << Shift;
4070 }
4071
4072 LegalizeAction getIndexedModeAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT,
4073 unsigned Shift) const {
4074 assert(IdxMode < ISD::LAST_INDEXED_MODE && VT.isValid() &&
4075 "Table isn't big enough!");
4076 unsigned Ty = (unsigned)VT.SimpleTy;
4077 return (LegalizeAction)((IndexedModeActions[Ty][IdxMode] >> Shift) & 0xf);
4078 }
4079
4080 unsigned getVectorTypeBreakdownImpl(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT,
4081 EVT &IntermediateVT,
4082 unsigned &NumIntermediates,
4083 MVT &RegisterVT,
4084 bool ForCallingConv) const;
4085
4086 unsigned getVectorTypeBreakdownMVT(MVT VT, MVT &IntermediateVT,
4087 unsigned &NumIntermediates,
4088 MVT &RegisterVT);
4089
4090 /// Return the type of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
4091 MVT getCachedRegisterType(MVT VT) const {
4092 assert((unsigned)VT.SimpleTy < std::size(RegisterTypeForVT));
4093 return RegisterTypeForVT[VT.SimpleTy];
4094 }
4095
4096 MVT getRegisterTypeImpl(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT,
4097 bool ForCallingConv) const {
4098 if (VT.isSimple() &&
4099 !shouldUseDynamicVectorTypeBreakdown(VT, ForCallingConv))
4100 return getCachedRegisterType(VT.getSimpleVT());
4101 if (VT.isVector()) {
4102 EVT VT1;
4103 MVT RegisterVT;
4104 unsigned NumIntermediates;
4105 (void)getVectorTypeBreakdownImpl(Context, VT, VT1, NumIntermediates,
4106 RegisterVT, ForCallingConv);
4107 return RegisterVT;
4108 }
4109 if (VT.isInteger()) {
4110 return getRegisterTypeImpl(Context, getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT),
4111 ForCallingConv);
4112 }
4113 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported extended type!");
4114 }
4115
4116 unsigned getNumRegistersImpl(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT,
4117 bool ForCallingConv) const {
4118 if (VT.isSimple() &&
4119 !shouldUseDynamicVectorTypeBreakdown(VT, ForCallingConv)) {
4120 assert((unsigned)VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy <
4121 std::size(NumRegistersForVT));
4122 return NumRegistersForVT[VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy];
4123 }
4124 if (VT.isVector()) {
4125 EVT VT1;
4126 MVT VT2;
4127 unsigned NumIntermediates;
4128 return getVectorTypeBreakdownImpl(Context, VT, VT1, NumIntermediates, VT2,
4129 ForCallingConv);
4130 }
4131 if (VT.isInteger()) {
4132 unsigned BitWidth = VT.getSizeInBits();
4133 unsigned RegWidth =
4134 getRegisterTypeImpl(Context, VT, ForCallingConv).getSizeInBits();
4135 return (BitWidth + RegWidth - 1) / RegWidth;
4136 }
4137 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported extended type!");
4138 }
4139
4140protected:
4141 /// Return true if the extension represented by \p I is free.
4142 /// \pre \p I is a sign, zero, or fp extension and
4143 /// is[Z|FP]ExtFree of the related types is not true.
4144 virtual bool isExtFreeImpl(const Instruction *I) const { return false; }
4145
4146 /// Depth that GatherAllAliases should continue looking for chain
4147 /// dependencies when trying to find a more preferable chain. As an
4148 /// approximation, this should be more than the number of consecutive stores
4149 /// expected to be merged.
4151
4152 /// \brief Specify maximum number of store instructions per memset call.
4153 ///
4154 /// When lowering \@llvm.memset this field specifies the maximum number of
4155 /// store operations that may be substituted for the call to memset. Targets
4156 /// must set this value based on the cost threshold for that target. Targets
4157 /// should assume that the memset will be done using as many of the largest
4158 /// store operations first, followed by smaller ones, if necessary, per
4159 /// alignment restrictions. For example, storing 9 bytes on a 32-bit machine
4160 /// with 16-bit alignment would result in four 2-byte stores and one 1-byte
4161 /// store. This only applies to setting a constant array of a constant size.
4163 /// Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
4165
4166 /// \brief Specify maximum number of store instructions per memcpy call.
4167 ///
4168 /// When lowering \@llvm.memcpy this field specifies the maximum number of
4169 /// store operations that may be substituted for a call to memcpy. Targets
4170 /// must set this value based on the cost threshold for that target. Targets
4171 /// should assume that the memcpy will be done using as many of the largest
4172 /// store operations first, followed by smaller ones, if necessary, per
4173 /// alignment restrictions. For example, storing 7 bytes on a 32-bit machine
4174 /// with 32-bit alignment would result in one 4-byte store, a one 2-byte store
4175 /// and one 1-byte store. This only applies to copying a constant array of
4176 /// constant size.
4178 /// Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
4180 /// \brief Specify max number of store instructions to glue in inlined memcpy.
4181 ///
4182 /// When memcpy is inlined based on MaxStoresPerMemcpy, specify maximum number
4183 /// of store instructions to keep together. This helps in pairing and
4184 // vectorization later on.
4186
4187 /// \brief Specify maximum number of load instructions per memcmp call.
4188 ///
4189 /// When lowering \@llvm.memcmp this field specifies the maximum number of
4190 /// pairs of load operations that may be substituted for a call to memcmp.
4191 /// Targets must set this value based on the cost threshold for that target.
4192 /// Targets should assume that the memcmp will be done using as many of the
4193 /// largest load operations first, followed by smaller ones, if necessary, per
4194 /// alignment restrictions. For example, loading 7 bytes on a 32-bit machine
4195 /// with 32-bit alignment would result in one 4-byte load, a one 2-byte load
4196 /// and one 1-byte load. This only applies to copying a constant array of
4197 /// constant size.
4199 /// Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
4201
4202 /// \brief Specify maximum number of store instructions per memmove call.
4203 ///
4204 /// When lowering \@llvm.memmove this field specifies the maximum number of
4205 /// store instructions that may be substituted for a call to memmove. Targets
4206 /// must set this value based on the cost threshold for that target. Targets
4207 /// should assume that the memmove will be done using as many of the largest
4208 /// store operations first, followed by smaller ones, if necessary, per
4209 /// alignment restrictions. For example, moving 9 bytes on a 32-bit machine
4210 /// with 8-bit alignment would result in nine 1-byte stores. This only
4211 /// applies to copying a constant array of constant size.
4213 /// Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
4215
4216 /// Tells the code generator that select is more expensive than a branch if
4217 /// the branch is usually predicted right.
4219
4220 /// \see enableExtLdPromotion.
4222
4223 /// Return true if the value types that can be represented by the specified
4224 /// register class are all legal.
4225 bool isLegalRC(const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI,
4226 const TargetRegisterClass &RC) const;
4227
4228 /// Replace/modify any TargetFrameIndex operands with a targte-dependent
4229 /// sequence of memory operands that is recognized by PrologEpilogInserter.
4231 MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const;
4232
4234};
4235
4236/// This class defines information used to lower LLVM code to legal SelectionDAG
4237/// operators that the target instruction selector can accept natively.
4238///
4239/// This class also defines callbacks that targets must implement to lower
4240/// target-specific constructs to SelectionDAG operators.
4242public:
4243 struct DAGCombinerInfo;
4244 struct MakeLibCallOptions;
4245
4248
4249 explicit TargetLowering(const TargetMachine &TM,
4250 const TargetSubtargetInfo &STI);
4252
4253 bool isPositionIndependent() const;
4254
4255 // If set to true, SelectionDAG nodes will be consistently processed in
4256 // topological order. This is a temporary hook until sorting can be
4257 // enabled globally.
4258 virtual bool useTopologicalSorting() const { return false; }
4259
4262 UniformityInfo *UA) const {
4263 return false;
4264 }
4265
4266 // Lets target to control the following reassociation of operands: (op (op x,
4267 // c1), y) -> (op (op x, y), c1) where N0 is (op x, c1) and N1 is y. By
4268 // default consider profitable any case where N0 has single use. This
4269 // behavior reflects the condition replaced by this target hook call in the
4270 // DAGCombiner. Any particular target can implement its own heuristic to
4271 // restrict common combiner.
4273 SDValue N1) const {
4274 return N0.hasOneUse();
4275 }
4276
4277 // Lets target to control the following reassociation of operands: (op (op x,
4278 // c1), y) -> (op (op x, y), c1) where N0 is (op x, c1) and N1 is y. By
4279 // default consider profitable any case where N0 has single use. This
4280 // behavior reflects the condition replaced by this target hook call in the
4281 // combiner. Any particular target can implement its own heuristic to
4282 // restrict common combiner.
4284 Register N1) const {
4285 return MRI.hasOneNonDBGUse(N0);
4286 }
4287
4288 virtual bool isSDNodeAlwaysUniform(const SDNode * N) const {
4289 return false;
4290 }
4291
4292 /// Returns true by value, base pointer and offset pointer and addressing mode
4293 /// by reference if the node's address can be legally represented as
4294 /// pre-indexed load / store address.
4295 virtual bool getPreIndexedAddressParts(SDNode * /*N*/, SDValue &/*Base*/,
4296 SDValue &/*Offset*/,
4297 ISD::MemIndexedMode &/*AM*/,
4298 SelectionDAG &/*DAG*/) const {
4299 return false;
4300 }
4301
4302 /// Returns true by value, base pointer and offset pointer and addressing mode
4303 /// by reference if this node can be combined with a load / store to form a
4304 /// post-indexed load / store.
4305 virtual bool getPostIndexedAddressParts(SDNode * /*N*/, SDNode * /*Op*/,
4306 SDValue &/*Base*/,
4307 SDValue &/*Offset*/,
4308 ISD::MemIndexedMode &/*AM*/,
4309 SelectionDAG &/*DAG*/) const {
4310 return false;
4311 }
4312
4313 /// Returns true if the specified base+offset is a legal indexed addressing
4314 /// mode for this target. \p MI is the load or store instruction that is being
4315 /// considered for transformation.
4317 bool IsPre, MachineRegisterInfo &MRI) const {
4318 return false;
4319 }
4320
4321 /// Return the entry encoding for a jump table in the current function. The
4322 /// returned value is a member of the MachineJumpTableInfo::JTEntryKind enum.
4323 virtual unsigned getJumpTableEncoding() const;
4324
4325 virtual MVT getJumpTableRegTy(const DataLayout &DL) const {
4326 return getPointerTy(DL);
4327 }
4328
4329 virtual const MCExpr *
4331 const MachineBasicBlock * /*MBB*/, unsigned /*uid*/,
4332 MCContext &/*Ctx*/) const {
4333 llvm_unreachable("Need to implement this hook if target has custom JTIs");
4334 }
4335
4336 /// Returns relocation base for the given PIC jumptable.
4337 virtual SDValue getPICJumpTableRelocBase(SDValue Table,
4338 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
4339
4340 /// This returns the relocation base for the given PIC jumptable, the same as
4341 /// getPICJumpTableRelocBase, but as an MCExpr.
4342 virtual const MCExpr *
4343 getPICJumpTableRelocBaseExpr(const MachineFunction *MF,
4344 unsigned JTI, MCContext &Ctx) const;
4345
4346 /// Return true if folding a constant offset with the given GlobalAddress is
4347 /// legal. It is frequently not legal in PIC relocation models.
4348 virtual bool isOffsetFoldingLegal(const GlobalAddressSDNode *GA) const;
4349
4350 /// On x86, return true if the operand with index OpNo is a CALL or JUMP
4351 /// instruction, which can use either a memory constraint or an address
4352 /// constraint. -fasm-blocks "__asm call foo" lowers to
4353 /// call void asm sideeffect inteldialect "call ${0:P}", "*m..."
4354 ///
4355 /// This function is used by a hack to choose the address constraint,
4356 /// lowering to a direct call.
4357 virtual bool
4359 unsigned OpNo) const {
4360 return false;
4361 }
4362
4363 /// Return true if a function used as an inline asm address operand (e.g.
4364 /// "p", or a call target that isInlineAsmTargetBranch() recognizes) can be
4365 /// the bare function symbol, in an operand of kind InlineAsm::Kind::Func.
4366 /// The target then has to select the symbol as an address and print it with
4367 /// AsmPrinter::PrintAsmOperand(). Otherwise the function's address is
4368 /// computed like that of any other global.
4369 virtual bool supportsInlineAsmFuncOperands() const { return false; }
4370
4372 SDValue &Chain) const;
4373
4374 void softenSetCCOperands(SelectionDAG &DAG, EVT VT, SDValue &NewLHS,
4375 SDValue &NewRHS, ISD::CondCode &CCCode,
4376 const SDLoc &DL, const SDValue OldLHS,
4377 const SDValue OldRHS) const;
4378
4379 void softenSetCCOperands(SelectionDAG &DAG, EVT VT, SDValue &NewLHS,
4380 SDValue &NewRHS, ISD::CondCode &CCCode,
4381 const SDLoc &DL, const SDValue OldLHS,
4382 const SDValue OldRHS, SDValue &Chain,
4383 bool IsSignaling = false) const;
4384
4386 SDValue Chain, MachineMemOperand *MMO,
4387 SDValue &NewLoad, SDValue Ptr,
4388 SDValue PassThru, SDValue Mask) const {
4389 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4390 }
4391
4393 SDValue Chain, MachineMemOperand *MMO,
4394 SDValue Ptr, SDValue Val,
4395 SDValue Mask) const {
4396 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4397 }
4398
4399 /// Returns a pair of (return value, chain).
4400 /// It is an error to pass RTLIB::Unsupported as \p LibcallImpl
4401 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue>
4402 makeLibCall(SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::LibcallImpl LibcallImpl, EVT RetVT,
4403 ArrayRef<SDValue> Ops, MakeLibCallOptions CallOptions,
4404 const SDLoc &dl, SDValue Chain = SDValue()) const;
4405
4406 /// It is an error to pass RTLIB::UNKNOWN_LIBCALL as \p LC.
4407 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue> makeLibCall(SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::Libcall LC,
4408 EVT RetVT, ArrayRef<SDValue> Ops,
4409 MakeLibCallOptions CallOptions,
4410 const SDLoc &dl,
4411 SDValue Chain = SDValue()) const;
4412
4413 /// Build a call argument list for \p FuncTy, taking the argument node values
4414 /// from \p Ops and the parameter types and ABI attributes from \p FuncTy and
4415 /// \p FuncAttrs. \p Ops must have one entry per parameter of \p FuncTy.
4416 static ArgListTy getArgListForFunctionType(FunctionType *FuncTy,
4417 const AttributeList &FuncAttrs,
4419
4420 /// Check whether parameters to a call that are passed in callee saved
4421 /// registers are the same as from the calling function. This needs to be
4422 /// checked for tail call eligibility.
4423 bool parametersInCSRMatch(const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI,
4424 const uint32_t *CallerPreservedMask,
4425 const SmallVectorImpl<CCValAssign> &ArgLocs,
4426 const SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &OutVals) const;
4427
4428 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4429 // TargetLowering Optimization Methods
4430 //
4431
4432 /// A convenience struct that encapsulates a DAG, and two SDValues for
4433 /// returning information from TargetLowering to its clients that want to
4434 /// combine.
4441
4443 bool LT, bool LO) :
4444 DAG(InDAG), LegalTys(LT), LegalOps(LO) {}
4445
4446 bool LegalTypes() const { return LegalTys; }
4447 bool LegalOperations() const { return LegalOps; }
4448
4450 Old = O;
4451 New = N;
4452 return true;
4453 }
4454 };
4455
4456 /// Determines the optimal series of memory ops to replace the memset /
4457 /// memcpy. Return true if the number of memory ops is below the threshold
4458 /// (Limit). Note that this is always the case when Limit is ~0. It returns
4459 /// the types of the sequence of memory ops to perform memset / memcpy by
4460 /// reference. If LargestVT is non-null, the target may set it to the largest
4461 /// EVT that should be used for generating the memset value (e.g., for vector
4462 /// splats). If LargestVT is null or left unchanged, the caller will compute
4463 /// it from MemOps.
4464 virtual bool findOptimalMemOpLowering(LLVMContext &Context,
4465 std::vector<EVT> &MemOps,
4466 unsigned Limit, const MemOp &Op,
4467 unsigned DstAS, unsigned SrcAS,
4468 const AttributeList &FuncAttributes,
4469 EVT *LargestVT = nullptr) const;
4470
4471 /// Check to see if the specified operand of the specified instruction is a
4472 /// constant integer. If so, check to see if there are any bits set in the
4473 /// constant that are not demanded. If so, shrink the constant and return
4474 /// true.
4476 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4477 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const;
4478
4479 /// Helper wrapper around ShrinkDemandedConstant, demanding all elements.
4481 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const;
4482
4483 // Target hook to do target-specific const optimization, which is called by
4484 // ShrinkDemandedConstant. This function should return true if the target
4485 // doesn't want ShrinkDemandedConstant to further optimize the constant.
4487 const APInt &DemandedBits,
4488 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4489 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const {
4490 return false;
4491 }
4492
4493 /// Convert x+y to (VT)((SmallVT)x+(SmallVT)y) if the casts are free.
4494 /// This uses isTruncateFree/isZExtFree and ANY_EXTEND for the widening cast,
4495 /// but it could be generalized for targets with other types of implicit
4496 /// widening casts.
4497 bool ShrinkDemandedOp(SDValue Op, unsigned BitWidth,
4498 const APInt &DemandedBits,
4499 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const;
4500
4501 /// Look at Op. At this point, we know that only the DemandedBits bits of the
4502 /// result of Op are ever used downstream. If we can use this information to
4503 /// simplify Op, create a new simplified DAG node and return true, returning
4504 /// the original and new nodes in Old and New. Otherwise, analyze the
4505 /// expression and return a mask of KnownOne and KnownZero bits for the
4506 /// expression (used to simplify the caller). The KnownZero/One bits may only
4507 /// be accurate for those bits in the Demanded masks.
4508 /// \p AssumeSingleUse When this parameter is true, this function will
4509 /// attempt to simplify \p Op even if there are multiple uses.
4510 /// Callers are responsible for correctly updating the DAG based on the
4511 /// results of this function, because simply replacing TLO.Old
4512 /// with TLO.New will be incorrect when this parameter is true and TLO.Old
4513 /// has multiple uses.
4514 bool SimplifyDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4515 const APInt &DemandedElts, KnownBits &Known,
4516 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO, unsigned Depth = 0,
4517 bool AssumeSingleUse = false) const;
4518
4519 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyDemandedBits, demanding all elements.
4520 /// Adds Op back to the worklist upon success.
4521 bool SimplifyDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4522 KnownBits &Known, TargetLoweringOpt &TLO,
4523 unsigned Depth = 0,
4524 bool AssumeSingleUse = false) const;
4525
4526 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyDemandedBits.
4527 /// Adds Op back to the worklist upon success.
4528 bool SimplifyDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4529 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
4530
4531 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyDemandedBits.
4532 /// Adds Op back to the worklist upon success.
4533 bool SimplifyDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4534 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4535 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
4536
4537 /// More limited version of SimplifyDemandedBits that can be used to "look
4538 /// through" ops that don't contribute to the DemandedBits/DemandedElts -
4539 /// bitwise ops etc.
4540 SDValue SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4541 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4542 SelectionDAG &DAG,
4543 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4544
4545 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBits, demanding all
4546 /// elements.
4547 SDValue SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4548 SelectionDAG &DAG,
4549 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4550
4551 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBits, demanding all
4552 /// bits from only some vector elements.
4553 SDValue SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedVectorElts(SDValue Op,
4554 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4555 SelectionDAG &DAG,
4556 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4557
4558 /// Look at Vector Op. At this point, we know that only the DemandedElts
4559 /// elements of the result of Op are ever used downstream. If we can use
4560 /// this information to simplify Op, create a new simplified DAG node and
4561 /// return true, storing the original and new nodes in TLO.
4562 /// Otherwise, analyze the expression and return a mask of KnownUndef and
4563 /// KnownZero elements for the expression (used to simplify the caller).
4564 /// The KnownUndef/Zero elements may only be accurate for those bits
4565 /// in the DemandedMask.
4566 /// \p AssumeSingleUse When this parameter is true, this function will
4567 /// attempt to simplify \p Op even if there are multiple uses.
4568 /// Callers are responsible for correctly updating the DAG based on the
4569 /// results of this function, because simply replacing TLO.Old
4570 /// with TLO.New will be incorrect when this parameter is true and TLO.Old
4571 /// has multiple uses.
4572 bool SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedEltMask,
4573 APInt &KnownUndef, APInt &KnownZero,
4574 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO, unsigned Depth = 0,
4575 bool AssumeSingleUse = false) const;
4576
4577 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyDemandedVectorElts.
4578 /// Adds Op back to the worklist upon success.
4579 bool SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4580 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
4581
4582 /// Return true if the target supports simplifying demanded vector elements by
4583 /// converting them to undefs.
4584 virtual bool
4586 const TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const {
4587 return true;
4588 }
4589
4590 /// If only low elements of a vector are demanded, shrink the operation to the
4591 /// returned size in bits by converting
4592 /// (op x) to insert_subvector (op (extract_subvector x)).
4593 ///
4594 /// The returned size must be a multiple of the element size, greater than or
4595 /// equal to the demanded part of the vector and less than the original
4596 /// vector size. Return 0 to disable shrinking.
4597 virtual unsigned
4599 const APInt &DemandedElts) const {
4600 return 0;
4601 }
4602
4603 /// Determine which of the bits specified in Mask are known to be either zero
4604 /// or one and return them in the KnownZero/KnownOne bitsets. The DemandedElts
4605 /// argument allows us to only collect the known bits that are shared by the
4606 /// requested vector elements.
4607 virtual void computeKnownBitsForTargetNode(const SDValue Op,
4609 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4610 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4611 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4612
4613 /// Determine which of the bits specified in Mask are known to be either zero
4614 /// or one and return them in the KnownZero/KnownOne bitsets. The DemandedElts
4615 /// argument allows us to only collect the known bits that are shared by the
4616 /// requested vector elements. This is for GISel.
4617 virtual void computeKnownBitsForTargetInstr(GISelValueTracking &Analysis,
4619 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4620 const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI,
4621 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4622
4623 virtual void computeKnownFPClassForTargetInstr(GISelValueTracking &Analysis,
4624 Register R,
4626 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4627 const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI,
4628 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4629
4630 /// Determine the known alignment for the pointer value \p R. This is can
4631 /// typically be inferred from the number of low known 0 bits. However, for a
4632 /// pointer with a non-integral address space, the alignment value may be
4633 /// independent from the known low bits.
4634 virtual Align computeKnownAlignForTargetInstr(GISelValueTracking &Analysis,
4635 Register R,
4636 const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI,
4637 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4638
4639 /// Determine known bits of a pointer to a known valid stack object.
4640 /// The default implementation computes low bits based on alignment.
4641 virtual void computeKnownBitsForStackObjectPointer(KnownBits &Known,
4642 const MachineFunction &MF,
4643 Align Alignment) const;
4644
4645 /// This method can be implemented by targets that want to expose additional
4646 /// information about sign bits to the DAG Combiner. The DemandedElts
4647 /// argument allows us to only collect the minimum sign bits that are shared
4648 /// by the requested vector elements.
4649 virtual unsigned ComputeNumSignBitsForTargetNode(SDValue Op,
4650 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4651 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4652 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4653
4654 /// This method can be implemented by targets that want to expose additional
4655 /// information about sign bits to GlobalISel combiners. The DemandedElts
4656 /// argument allows us to only collect the minimum sign bits that are shared
4657 /// by the requested vector elements.
4658 virtual unsigned computeNumSignBitsForTargetInstr(
4659 GISelValueTracking &Analysis, Register R, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4660 const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI, unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4661
4662 /// Attempt to simplify any target nodes based on the demanded vector
4663 /// elements, returning true on success. Otherwise, analyze the expression and
4664 /// return a mask of KnownUndef and KnownZero elements for the expression
4665 /// (used to simplify the caller). The KnownUndef/Zero elements may only be
4666 /// accurate for those bits in the DemandedMask.
4667 virtual bool SimplifyDemandedVectorEltsForTargetNode(
4668 SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts, APInt &KnownUndef,
4669 APInt &KnownZero, TargetLoweringOpt &TLO, unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4670
4671 /// Attempt to simplify any target nodes based on the demanded bits/elts,
4672 /// returning true on success. Otherwise, analyze the
4673 /// expression and return a mask of KnownOne and KnownZero bits for the
4674 /// expression (used to simplify the caller). The KnownZero/One bits may only
4675 /// be accurate for those bits in the Demanded masks.
4676 virtual bool SimplifyDemandedBitsForTargetNode(SDValue Op,
4677 const APInt &DemandedBits,
4678 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4680 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO,
4681 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4682
4683 /// More limited version of SimplifyDemandedBits that can be used to "look
4684 /// through" ops that don't contribute to the DemandedBits/DemandedElts -
4685 /// bitwise ops etc.
4686 virtual SDValue SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBitsForTargetNode(
4687 SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4688 SelectionDAG &DAG, unsigned Depth) const;
4689
4690 /// Return true if this function can prove that \p Op is never poison
4691 /// and, \p Kind can be used to track poison and/or undef bits. The
4692 /// DemandedElts argument limits the check to the requested vector elements.
4693 virtual bool isGuaranteedNotToBeUndefOrPoisonForTargetNode(
4694 SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts, const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4695 UndefPoisonKind Kind, unsigned Depth) const;
4696
4697 /// Return true if Op can create undef or poison from non-undef & non-poison
4698 /// operands. The DemandedElts argument limits the check to the requested
4699 /// vector elements.
4700 virtual bool canCreateUndefOrPoisonForTargetNode(
4701 SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts, const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4702 UndefPoisonKind Kind, bool ConsiderFlags, unsigned Depth) const;
4703
4704 /// Tries to build a legal vector shuffle using the provided parameters
4705 /// or equivalent variations. The Mask argument maybe be modified as the
4706 /// function tries different variations.
4707 /// Returns an empty SDValue if the operation fails.
4708 SDValue buildLegalVectorShuffle(EVT VT, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue N0,
4710 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
4711
4712 /// This method returns the constant pool value that will be loaded by LD.
4713 /// NOTE: You must check for implicit extensions of the constant by LD.
4714 virtual const Constant *getTargetConstantFromLoad(LoadSDNode *LD) const;
4715
4716 /// Determine floating-point class information for a target node. The
4717 /// DemandedElts argument allows us to only collect the known FP classes
4718 /// that are shared by the requested vector elements.
4719 virtual void computeKnownFPClassForTargetNode(const SDValue Op,
4721 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4722 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4723 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4724
4725 /// If \p SNaN is false, \returns true if \p Op is known to never be any
4726 /// NaN. If \p sNaN is true, returns if \p Op is known to never be a signaling
4727 /// NaN.
4728 virtual bool isKnownNeverNaNForTargetNode(SDValue Op,
4729 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4730 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4731 bool SNaN = false,
4732 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4733
4734 /// Return true if vector \p Op has the same value across all \p DemandedElts,
4735 /// indicating any elements which may be undef in the output \p UndefElts.
4736 virtual bool isSplatValueForTargetNode(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4737 APInt &UndefElts,
4738 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4739 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4740
4741 /// Returns true if the given Opc is considered a canonical constant for the
4742 /// target, which should not be transformed back into a BUILD_VECTOR.
4744 return Op.getOpcode() == ISD::SPLAT_VECTOR ||
4745 Op.getOpcode() == ISD::SPLAT_VECTOR_PARTS;
4746 }
4747
4748 /// Return true if the given select/vselect should be considered canonical and
4749 /// not be transformed. Currently only used for "vselect (not Cond), N1, N2 ->
4750 /// vselect Cond, N2, N1".
4751 virtual bool isTargetCanonicalSelect(SDNode *N) const { return false; }
4752
4754 void *DC; // The DAG Combiner object.
4757
4758 public:
4760
4761 DAGCombinerInfo(SelectionDAG &dag, CombineLevel level, bool cl, void *dc)
4762 : DC(dc), Level(level), CalledByLegalizer(cl), DAG(dag) {}
4763
4764 bool isBeforeLegalize() const { return Level == BeforeLegalizeTypes; }
4766 bool isAfterLegalizeDAG() const { return Level >= AfterLegalizeDAG; }
4769
4770 LLVM_ABI void AddToWorklist(SDNode *N);
4771 LLVM_ABI SDValue CombineTo(SDNode *N, ArrayRef<SDValue> To,
4772 bool AddTo = true);
4773 LLVM_ABI SDValue CombineTo(SDNode *N, SDValue Res, bool AddTo = true);
4774 LLVM_ABI SDValue CombineTo(SDNode *N, SDValue Res0, SDValue Res1,
4775 bool AddTo = true);
4776
4777 LLVM_ABI bool recursivelyDeleteUnusedNodes(SDNode *N);
4778
4779 LLVM_ABI void CommitTargetLoweringOpt(const TargetLoweringOpt &TLO);
4780 };
4781
4782 /// Return if the N is a constant or constant vector equal to the true value
4783 /// from getBooleanContents().
4784 bool isConstTrueVal(SDValue N) const;
4785
4786 /// Return if the N is a constant or constant vector equal to the false value
4787 /// from getBooleanContents().
4788 bool isConstFalseVal(SDValue N) const;
4789
4790 /// Return if \p N is a True value when extended to \p VT.
4791 bool isExtendedTrueVal(const ConstantSDNode *N, EVT VT, bool SExt) const;
4792
4793 /// Try to simplify a setcc built with the specified operands and cc. If it is
4794 /// unable to simplify it, return a null SDValue.
4795 SDValue SimplifySetCC(EVT VT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1, ISD::CondCode Cond,
4796 bool foldBooleans, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI,
4797 const SDLoc &dl) const;
4798
4799 // For targets which wrap address, unwrap for analysis.
4800 virtual SDValue unwrapAddress(SDValue N) const { return N; }
4801
4802 /// Returns true (and the GlobalValue and the offset) if the node is a
4803 /// GlobalAddress + offset.
4804 virtual bool
4805 isGAPlusOffset(SDNode *N, const GlobalValue* &GA, int64_t &Offset) const;
4806
4807 /// This method will be invoked for all target nodes and for any
4808 /// target-independent nodes that the target has registered with invoke it
4809 /// for.
4810 ///
4811 /// The semantics are as follows:
4812 /// Return Value:
4813 /// SDValue.Val == 0 - No change was made
4814 /// SDValue.Val == N - N was replaced, is dead, and is already handled.
4815 /// otherwise - N should be replaced by the returned Operand.
4816 ///
4817 /// In addition, methods provided by DAGCombinerInfo may be used to perform
4818 /// more complex transformations.
4819 ///
4820 virtual SDValue PerformDAGCombine(SDNode *N, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
4821
4822 /// Return true if it is profitable to move this shift by a constant amount
4823 /// through its operand, adjusting any immediate operands as necessary to
4824 /// preserve semantics. This transformation may not be desirable if it
4825 /// disrupts a particularly auspicious target-specific tree (e.g. bitfield
4826 /// extraction in AArch64). By default, it returns true.
4827 ///
4828 /// @param N the shift node
4829 /// @param Level the current DAGCombine legalization level.
4831 CombineLevel Level) const {
4832 SDValue ShiftLHS = N->getOperand(0);
4833 if (!ShiftLHS->hasOneUse())
4834 return false;
4835 if (ShiftLHS.getOpcode() == ISD::SIGN_EXTEND &&
4836 !ShiftLHS.getOperand(0)->hasOneUse())
4837 return false;
4838 return true;
4839 }
4840
4841 /// fold (A + vscale(C1)) + vscale(C2) -> A + vscale(C1+C2)
4842 /// If (A + vscale(C1)) is used multiple times, the fold results in a
4843 /// redundant addition instruction on the RISC-V architecture, whereas it
4844 /// does not have this effect on other architectures (e.g. AArch64).
4845 /// By default, it returns true.
4846 virtual bool isProfitableToFoldVScaleAdd(SDValue N) const { return true; }
4847
4848 /// GlobalISel - return true if it is profitable to move this shift by a
4849 /// constant amount through its operand, adjusting any immediate operands as
4850 /// necessary to preserve semantics. This transformation may not be desirable
4851 /// if it disrupts a particularly auspicious target-specific tree (e.g.
4852 /// bitfield extraction in AArch64). By default, it returns true.
4853 ///
4854 /// @param MI the shift instruction
4855 /// @param IsAfterLegal true if running after legalization.
4857 bool IsAfterLegal) const {
4858 return true;
4859 }
4860
4861 /// GlobalISel - return true if it's profitable to perform the combine:
4862 /// shl ([sza]ext x), y => zext (shl x, y)
4863 virtual bool isDesirableToPullExtFromShl(const MachineInstr &MI) const {
4864 return true;
4865 }
4866
4867 // Return AndOrSETCCFoldKind::{AddAnd, ABS} if its desirable to try and
4868 // optimize LogicOp(SETCC0, SETCC1). An example (what is implemented as of
4869 // writing this) is:
4870 // With C as a power of 2 and C != 0 and C != INT_MIN:
4871 // AddAnd:
4872 // (icmp eq A, C) | (icmp eq A, -C)
4873 // -> (icmp eq and(add(A, C), ~(C + C)), 0)
4874 // (icmp ne A, C) & (icmp ne A, -C)w
4875 // -> (icmp ne and(add(A, C), ~(C + C)), 0)
4876 // ABS:
4877 // (icmp eq A, C) | (icmp eq A, -C)
4878 // -> (icmp eq Abs(A), C)
4879 // (icmp ne A, C) & (icmp ne A, -C)w
4880 // -> (icmp ne Abs(A), C)
4881 //
4882 // @param LogicOp the logic op
4883 // @param SETCC0 the first of the SETCC nodes
4884 // @param SETCC0 the second of the SETCC nodes
4886 const SDNode *LogicOp, const SDNode *SETCC0, const SDNode *SETCC1) const {
4888 }
4889
4890 /// Return true if it is profitable to combine an XOR of a logical shift
4891 /// to create a logical shift of NOT. This transformation may not be desirable
4892 /// if it disrupts a particularly auspicious target-specific tree (e.g.
4893 /// BIC on ARM/AArch64). By default, it returns true.
4894 virtual bool isDesirableToCommuteXorWithShift(const SDNode *N) const {
4895 return true;
4896 }
4897
4898 /// Return true if the target has native support for the specified value type
4899 /// and it is 'desirable' to use the type for the given node type. e.g. On x86
4900 /// i16 is legal, but undesirable since i16 instruction encodings are longer
4901 /// and some i16 instructions are slow.
4902 virtual bool isTypeDesirableForOp(unsigned /*Opc*/, EVT VT) const {
4903 // By default, assume all legal types are desirable.
4904 return isTypeLegal(VT);
4905 }
4906
4907 /// Overload that takes the specific node being optimized.
4908 virtual bool isTypeDesirableForOp(SDNode *N, EVT VT) const {
4909 return isTypeDesirableForOp(N->getOpcode(), VT);
4910 }
4911
4912 /// Return true if it is profitable for dag combiner to transform a floating
4913 /// point op of specified opcode to a equivalent op of an integer
4914 /// type. e.g. f32 load -> i32 load can be profitable on ARM.
4915 virtual bool isDesirableToTransformToIntegerOp(unsigned /*Opc*/,
4916 EVT /*VT*/) const {
4917 return false;
4918 }
4919
4920 /// This method query the target whether it is beneficial for dag combiner to
4921 /// promote the specified node. If true, it should return the desired
4922 /// promotion type by reference.
4923 virtual bool IsDesirableToPromoteOp(SDValue /*Op*/, EVT &/*PVT*/) const {
4924 return false;
4925 }
4926
4927 /// Return true if the target supports swifterror attribute. It optimizes
4928 /// loads and stores to reading and writing a specific register.
4929 virtual bool supportSwiftError() const {
4930 return false;
4931 }
4932
4933 /// Return true if the target supports that a subset of CSRs for the given
4934 /// machine function is handled explicitly via copies.
4935 virtual bool supportSplitCSR(MachineFunction *MF) const {
4936 return false;
4937 }
4938
4939 /// Return true if the target supports kcfi operand bundles.
4940 virtual bool supportKCFIBundles() const { return false; }
4941
4942 /// Return true if the target supports ptrauth operand bundles.
4943 virtual bool supportPtrAuthBundles() const { return false; }
4944
4945 /// Perform necessary initialization to handle a subset of CSRs explicitly
4946 /// via copies. This function is called at the beginning of instruction
4947 /// selection.
4948 virtual void initializeSplitCSR(MachineBasicBlock *Entry) const {
4949 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4950 }
4951
4952 /// Insert explicit copies in entry and exit blocks. We copy a subset of
4953 /// CSRs to virtual registers in the entry block, and copy them back to
4954 /// physical registers in the exit blocks. This function is called at the end
4955 /// of instruction selection.
4957 MachineBasicBlock *Entry,
4958 const SmallVectorImpl<MachineBasicBlock *> &Exits) const {
4959 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4960 }
4961
4962 /// Return the newly negated expression if the cost is not expensive and
4963 /// set the cost in \p Cost to indicate that if it is cheaper or neutral to
4964 /// do the negation.
4965 virtual SDValue getNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG,
4966 bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize,
4967 NegatibleCost &Cost,
4968 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4969
4971 SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize,
4972 const NegatibleCost CostThreshold = NegatibleCost::Neutral,
4973 unsigned Depth = 0) const {
4975 SDValue Neg =
4976 getNegatedExpression(Op, DAG, LegalOps, OptForSize, Cost, Depth);
4977 if (!Neg)
4978 return SDValue();
4979
4980 if (Cost <= CostThreshold)
4981 return Neg;
4982
4983 // Remove the new created node to avoid the side effect to the DAG.
4984 if (Neg->use_empty())
4985 DAG.RemoveDeadNode(Neg.getNode());
4986 return SDValue();
4987 }
4988
4989 /// This is the helper function to return the newly negated expression only
4990 /// when the cost is cheaper.
4992 bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize,
4993 unsigned Depth = 0) const {
4994 return getCheaperOrNeutralNegatedExpression(Op, DAG, LegalOps, OptForSize,
4996 }
4997
4998 /// This is the helper function to return the newly negated expression if
4999 /// the cost is not expensive.
5001 bool OptForSize, unsigned Depth = 0) const {
5003 return getNegatedExpression(Op, DAG, LegalOps, OptForSize, Cost, Depth);
5004 }
5005
5006 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5007 // Lowering methods - These methods must be implemented by targets so that
5008 // the SelectionDAGBuilder code knows how to lower these.
5009 //
5010
5011 /// Target-specific splitting of values into parts that fit a register
5012 /// storing a legal type
5014 SelectionDAG & DAG, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue Val, SDValue *Parts,
5015 unsigned NumParts, MVT PartVT, std::optional<CallingConv::ID> CC) const {
5016 return false;
5017 }
5018
5019 /// Target-specific combining of register parts into its original value
5020 virtual SDValue
5022 const SDValue *Parts, unsigned NumParts,
5023 MVT PartVT, EVT ValueVT,
5024 std::optional<CallingConv::ID> CC) const {
5025 return SDValue();
5026 }
5027
5028 /// This hook must be implemented to lower the incoming (formal) arguments,
5029 /// described by the Ins array, into the specified DAG. The implementation
5030 /// should fill in the InVals array with legal-type argument values, and
5031 /// return the resulting token chain value.
5033 SDValue /*Chain*/, CallingConv::ID /*CallConv*/, bool /*isVarArg*/,
5034 const SmallVectorImpl<ISD::InputArg> & /*Ins*/, const SDLoc & /*dl*/,
5035 SelectionDAG & /*DAG*/, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> & /*InVals*/) const {
5036 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
5037 }
5038
5039 /// Optional target hook to add target-specific actions when entering EH pad
5040 /// blocks. The implementation should return the resulting token chain value.
5041 virtual SDValue lowerEHPadEntry(SDValue Chain, const SDLoc &DL,
5042 SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
5043 return SDValue();
5044 }
5045
5046 virtual void markLibCallAttributes(MachineFunction *MF, unsigned CC,
5047 ArgListTy &Args) const {}
5048
5049 /// This structure contains the information necessary for lowering
5050 /// pointer-authenticating indirect calls. It is equivalent to the "ptrauth"
5051 /// operand bundle found on the call instruction, if any.
5056
5057 /// This structure contains all information that is necessary for lowering
5058 /// calls. It is passed to TLI::LowerCallTo when the SelectionDAG builder
5059 /// needs to lower a call, and targets will see this struct in their LowerCall
5060 /// implementation.
5063 /// Original unlegalized return type.
5064 Type *OrigRetTy = nullptr;
5065 /// Same as OrigRetTy, or partially legalized for soft float libcalls.
5066 Type *RetTy = nullptr;
5067 bool RetSExt : 1;
5068 bool RetZExt : 1;
5069 bool IsVarArg : 1;
5070 bool IsInReg : 1;
5076 bool NoMerge : 1;
5077
5078 // IsTailCall should be modified by implementations of
5079 // TargetLowering::LowerCall that perform tail call conversions.
5080 bool IsTailCall = false;
5081
5082 // Is Call lowering done post SelectionDAG type legalization.
5084
5085 unsigned NumFixedArgs = -1;
5091 const CallBase *CB = nullptr;
5096 const ConstantInt *CFIType = nullptr;
5099
5100 std::optional<PtrAuthInfo> PAI;
5101
5107
5109 DL = dl;
5110 return *this;
5111 }
5112
5114 Chain = InChain;
5115 return *this;
5116 }
5117
5118 // setCallee with target/module-specific attributes
5120 SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList) {
5121 return setLibCallee(CC, ResultType, ResultType, Target,
5122 std::move(ArgsList));
5123 }
5124
5126 Type *OrigResultType, SDValue Target,
5127 ArgListTy &&ArgsList) {
5128 OrigRetTy = OrigResultType;
5129 RetTy = ResultType;
5130 Callee = Target;
5131 CallConv = CC;
5132 NumFixedArgs = ArgsList.size();
5133 Args = std::move(ArgsList);
5134
5135 DAG.getTargetLoweringInfo().markLibCallAttributes(
5136 &(DAG.getMachineFunction()), CC, Args);
5137 return *this;
5138 }
5139
5141 SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList,
5142 AttributeSet ResultAttrs = {}) {
5143 RetTy = OrigRetTy = ResultType;
5144 IsInReg = ResultAttrs.hasAttribute(Attribute::InReg);
5145 RetSExt = ResultAttrs.hasAttribute(Attribute::SExt);
5146 RetZExt = ResultAttrs.hasAttribute(Attribute::ZExt);
5147 NoMerge = ResultAttrs.hasAttribute(Attribute::NoMerge);
5148
5149 Callee = Target;
5150 CallConv = CC;
5151 NumFixedArgs = ArgsList.size();
5152 Args = std::move(ArgsList);
5153 return *this;
5154 }
5155
5157 SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList,
5158 const CallBase &Call) {
5159 RetTy = OrigRetTy = ResultType;
5160
5161 IsInReg = Call.hasRetAttr(Attribute::InReg);
5163 Call.doesNotReturn() ||
5164 (!isa<InvokeInst>(Call) && isa<UnreachableInst>(Call.getNextNode()));
5165 IsVarArg = FTy->isVarArg();
5166 IsReturnValueUsed = !Call.use_empty();
5167 RetSExt = Call.hasRetAttr(Attribute::SExt);
5168 RetZExt = Call.hasRetAttr(Attribute::ZExt);
5169 NoMerge = Call.hasFnAttr(Attribute::NoMerge);
5170
5171 Callee = Target;
5172
5173 CallConv = Call.getCallingConv();
5174 NumFixedArgs = FTy->getNumParams();
5175 Args = std::move(ArgsList);
5176
5177 CB = &Call;
5178
5179 return *this;
5180 }
5181
5183 IsInReg = Value;
5184 return *this;
5185 }
5186
5189 return *this;
5190 }
5191
5193 IsVarArg = Value;
5194 return *this;
5195 }
5196
5198 IsTailCall = Value;
5199 return *this;
5200 }
5201
5204 return *this;
5205 }
5206
5209 return *this;
5210 }
5211
5213 RetSExt = Value;
5214 return *this;
5215 }
5216
5218 RetZExt = Value;
5219 return *this;
5220 }
5221
5224 return *this;
5225 }
5226
5229 return *this;
5230 }
5231
5233 PAI = Value;
5234 return *this;
5235 }
5236
5239 return *this;
5240 }
5241
5243 CFIType = Type;
5244 return *this;
5245 }
5246
5249 return *this;
5250 }
5251
5253 DeactivationSymbol = Sym;
5254 return *this;
5255 }
5256
5258 return Args;
5259 }
5260 };
5261
5262 /// This structure is used to pass arguments to makeLibCall function.
5264 // By passing type list before soften to makeLibCall, the target hook
5265 // shouldExtendTypeInLibCall can get the original type before soften.
5269
5270 bool IsSigned : 1;
5274 bool IsSoften : 1;
5275
5279
5281 IsSigned = Value;
5282 return *this;
5283 }
5284
5287 return *this;
5288 }
5289
5292 return *this;
5293 }
5294
5297 return *this;
5298 }
5299
5301 OpsVTBeforeSoften = OpsVT;
5302 RetVTBeforeSoften = RetVT;
5303 IsSoften = true;
5304 return *this;
5305 }
5306
5307 /// Override the argument type for an operand. Leave the type as null to use
5308 /// the type from the operand's node.
5310 OpsTypeOverrides = OpsTypes;
5311 return *this;
5312 }
5313 };
5314
5315 /// This function lowers an abstract call to a function into an actual call.
5316 /// This returns a pair of operands. The first element is the return value
5317 /// for the function (if RetTy is not VoidTy). The second element is the
5318 /// outgoing token chain. It calls LowerCall to do the actual lowering.
5319 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue> LowerCallTo(CallLoweringInfo &CLI) const;
5320
5321 /// This hook must be implemented to lower calls into the specified
5322 /// DAG. The outgoing arguments to the call are described by the Outs array,
5323 /// and the values to be returned by the call are described by the Ins
5324 /// array. The implementation should fill in the InVals array with legal-type
5325 /// return values from the call, and return the resulting token chain value.
5326 virtual SDValue
5328 SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &/*InVals*/) const {
5329 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
5330 }
5331
5332 /// Target-specific cleanup for formal ByVal parameters.
5333 virtual void HandleByVal(CCState *, unsigned &, Align) const {}
5334
5335 /// This hook should be implemented to check whether the return values
5336 /// described by the Outs array can fit into the return registers. If false
5337 /// is returned, an sret-demotion is performed.
5338 virtual bool CanLowerReturn(CallingConv::ID /*CallConv*/,
5339 MachineFunction &/*MF*/, bool /*isVarArg*/,
5340 const SmallVectorImpl<ISD::OutputArg> &/*Outs*/,
5341 LLVMContext &/*Context*/, const Type *RetTy) const
5342 {
5343 // Return true by default to get preexisting behavior.
5344 return true;
5345 }
5346
5347 /// Annotate a stack object pointer with known-bits assertions.
5348 SDValue annotateStackObjectPointer(SDValue Ptr, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5349 const SDLoc &DL, Align Alignment) const;
5350
5351 /// This hook must be implemented to lower outgoing return values, described
5352 /// by the Outs array, into the specified DAG. The implementation should
5353 /// return the resulting token chain value.
5354 virtual SDValue LowerReturn(SDValue /*Chain*/, CallingConv::ID /*CallConv*/,
5355 bool /*isVarArg*/,
5356 const SmallVectorImpl<ISD::OutputArg> & /*Outs*/,
5357 const SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> & /*OutVals*/,
5358 const SDLoc & /*dl*/,
5359 SelectionDAG & /*DAG*/) const {
5360 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
5361 }
5362
5363 /// Return true if result of the specified node is used by a return node
5364 /// only. It also compute and return the input chain for the tail call.
5365 ///
5366 /// This is used to determine whether it is possible to codegen a libcall as
5367 /// tail call at legalization time.
5368 virtual bool isUsedByReturnOnly(SDNode *, SDValue &/*Chain*/) const {
5369 return false;
5370 }
5371
5372 /// Return true if the target may be able emit the call instruction as a tail
5373 /// call. This is used by optimization passes to determine if it's profitable
5374 /// to duplicate return instructions to enable tailcall optimization.
5375 virtual bool mayBeEmittedAsTailCall(const CallInst *) const {
5376 return false;
5377 }
5378
5379 /// Return the register ID of the name passed in. Used by named register
5380 /// global variables extension. There is no target-independent behaviour
5381 /// so the default action is to bail.
5382 virtual Register getRegisterByName(const char* RegName, LLT Ty,
5383 const MachineFunction &MF) const {
5384 reportFatalUsageError("Named registers not implemented for this target");
5385 }
5386
5387 /// Return the type that should be used to zero or sign extend a
5388 /// zeroext/signext integer return value. FIXME: Some C calling conventions
5389 /// require the return type to be promoted, but this is not true all the time,
5390 /// e.g. i1/i8/i16 on x86/x86_64. It is also not necessary for non-C calling
5391 /// conventions. The frontend should handle this and include all of the
5392 /// necessary information.
5394 ISD::NodeType /*ExtendKind*/) const {
5395 EVT MinVT = getRegisterType(Context, MVT::i32);
5396 return VT.bitsLT(MinVT) ? MinVT : VT;
5397 }
5398
5399 /// For some targets, an LLVM struct type must be broken down into multiple
5400 /// simple types, but the calling convention specifies that the entire struct
5401 /// must be passed in a block of consecutive registers.
5402 virtual bool
5404 bool isVarArg,
5405 const DataLayout &DL) const {
5406 return false;
5407 }
5408
5409 /// For most targets, an LLVM type must be broken down into multiple
5410 /// smaller types. Usually the halves are ordered according to the endianness
5411 /// but for some platform that would break. So this method will default to
5412 /// matching the endianness but can be overridden.
5413 virtual bool
5415 return DL.isLittleEndian();
5416 }
5417
5418 /// Returns a 0 terminated array of registers that can be safely used as
5419 /// scratch registers.
5421 return nullptr;
5422 }
5423
5424 /// Returns a 0 terminated array of rounding control registers that can be
5425 /// attached into strict FP call.
5429
5430 /// This callback is used to prepare for a volatile or atomic load.
5431 /// It takes a chain node as input and returns the chain for the load itself.
5432 ///
5433 /// Having a callback like this is necessary for targets like SystemZ,
5434 /// which allows a CPU to reuse the result of a previous load indefinitely,
5435 /// even if a cache-coherent store is performed by another CPU. The default
5436 /// implementation does nothing.
5438 SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
5439 return Chain;
5440 }
5441
5442 /// This callback is invoked by the type legalizer to legalize nodes with an
5443 /// illegal operand type but legal result types. It replaces the
5444 /// LowerOperation callback in the type Legalizer. The reason we can not do
5445 /// away with LowerOperation entirely is that LegalizeDAG isn't yet ready to
5446 /// use this callback.
5447 ///
5448 /// TODO: Consider merging with ReplaceNodeResults.
5449 ///
5450 /// The target places new result values for the node in Results (their number
5451 /// and types must exactly match those of the original return values of
5452 /// the node), or leaves Results empty, which indicates that the node is not
5453 /// to be custom lowered after all.
5454 /// The default implementation calls LowerOperation.
5455 virtual void LowerOperationWrapper(SDNode *N,
5457 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5458
5459 /// This callback is invoked for operations that are unsupported by the
5460 /// target, which are registered to use 'custom' lowering, and whose defined
5461 /// values are all legal. If the target has no operations that require custom
5462 /// lowering, it need not implement this. The default implementation of this
5463 /// aborts.
5464 virtual SDValue LowerOperation(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5465
5466 /// This callback is invoked when a node result type is illegal for the
5467 /// target, and the operation was registered to use 'custom' lowering for that
5468 /// result type. The target places new result values for the node in Results
5469 /// (their number and types must exactly match those of the original return
5470 /// values of the node), or leaves Results empty, which indicates that the
5471 /// node is not to be custom lowered after all.
5472 ///
5473 /// If the target has no operations that require custom lowering, it need not
5474 /// implement this. The default implementation aborts.
5475 virtual void ReplaceNodeResults(SDNode * /*N*/,
5476 SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &/*Results*/,
5477 SelectionDAG &/*DAG*/) const {
5478 llvm_unreachable("ReplaceNodeResults not implemented for this target!");
5479 }
5480
5481 /// This method returns the name of a target specific DAG node.
5482 virtual const char *getTargetNodeName(unsigned Opcode) const;
5483
5484 /// This method returns a target specific FastISel object, or null if the
5485 /// target does not support "fast" ISel.
5487 const TargetLibraryInfo *,
5488 const LibcallLoweringInfo *) const {
5489 return nullptr;
5490 }
5491
5492 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5493 // Inline Asm Support hooks
5494 //
5495
5497 C_Register, // Constraint represents specific register(s).
5498 C_RegisterClass, // Constraint represents any of register(s) in class.
5499 C_Memory, // Memory constraint.
5500 C_Address, // Address constraint.
5501 C_Immediate, // Requires an immediate.
5502 C_Other, // Something else.
5503 C_Unknown // Unsupported constraint.
5504 };
5505
5507 // Generic weights.
5508 CW_Invalid = -1, // No match.
5509 CW_Okay = 0, // Acceptable.
5510 CW_Good = 1, // Good weight.
5511 CW_Better = 2, // Better weight.
5512 CW_Best = 3, // Best weight.
5513
5514 // Well-known weights.
5515 CW_SpecificReg = CW_Okay, // Specific register operands.
5516 CW_Register = CW_Good, // Register operands.
5517 CW_Memory = CW_Better, // Memory operands.
5518 CW_Constant = CW_Best, // Constant operand.
5519 CW_Default = CW_Okay // Default or don't know type.
5520 };
5521
5522 /// This contains information for each constraint that we are lowering.
5524 /// This contains the actual string for the code, like "m". TargetLowering
5525 /// picks the 'best' code from ConstraintInfo::Codes that most closely
5526 /// matches the operand.
5527 std::string ConstraintCode;
5528
5529 /// Information about the constraint code, e.g. Register, RegisterClass,
5530 /// Memory, Other, Unknown.
5532
5533 /// If this is the result output operand or a clobber, this is null,
5534 /// otherwise it is the incoming operand to the CallInst. This gets
5535 /// modified as the asm is processed.
5537
5538 /// The ValueType for the operand value.
5539 MVT ConstraintVT = MVT::Other;
5540
5541 /// Copy constructor for copying from a ConstraintInfo.
5544
5545 /// Return true of this is an input operand that is a matching constraint
5546 /// like "4".
5547 LLVM_ABI bool isMatchingInputConstraint() const;
5548
5549 /// If this is an input matching constraint, this method returns the output
5550 /// operand it matches.
5551 LLVM_ABI unsigned getMatchedOperand() const;
5552 };
5553
5554 using AsmOperandInfoVector = std::vector<AsmOperandInfo>;
5555
5556 /// Split up the constraint string from the inline assembly value into the
5557 /// specific constraints and their prefixes, and also tie in the associated
5558 /// operand values. If this returns an empty vector, and if the constraint
5559 /// string itself isn't empty, there was an error parsing.
5561 const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI,
5562 const CallBase &Call) const;
5563
5564 /// Examine constraint type and operand type and determine a weight value.
5565 /// The operand object must already have been set up with the operand type.
5567 AsmOperandInfo &info, int maIndex) const;
5568
5569 /// Examine constraint string and operand type and determine a weight value.
5570 /// The operand object must already have been set up with the operand type.
5572 AsmOperandInfo &info, const char *constraint) const;
5573
5574 /// Determines the constraint code and constraint type to use for the specific
5575 /// AsmOperandInfo, setting OpInfo.ConstraintCode and OpInfo.ConstraintType.
5576 /// If the actual operand being passed in is available, it can be passed in as
5577 /// Op, otherwise an empty SDValue can be passed.
5578 virtual void ComputeConstraintToUse(AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo,
5579 SDValue Op,
5580 SelectionDAG *DAG = nullptr) const;
5581
5582 /// Given a constraint, return the type of constraint it is for this target.
5583 virtual ConstraintType getConstraintType(StringRef Constraint) const;
5584
5585 using ConstraintPair = std::pair<StringRef, TargetLowering::ConstraintType>;
5587 /// Given an OpInfo with list of constraints codes as strings, return a
5588 /// sorted Vector of pairs of constraint codes and their types in priority of
5589 /// what we'd prefer to lower them as. This may contain immediates that
5590 /// cannot be lowered, but it is meant to be a machine agnostic order of
5591 /// preferences.
5593
5594 /// Given a physical register constraint (e.g. {edx}), return the register
5595 /// number and the register class for the register.
5596 ///
5597 /// Given a register class constraint, like 'r', if this corresponds directly
5598 /// to an LLVM register class, return a register of 0 and the register class
5599 /// pointer.
5600 ///
5601 /// This should only be used for C_Register constraints. On error, this
5602 /// returns a register number of 0 and a null register class pointer.
5603 virtual std::pair<unsigned, const TargetRegisterClass *>
5605 StringRef Constraint, MVT VT) const;
5606
5608 getInlineAsmMemConstraint(StringRef ConstraintCode) const {
5609 if (ConstraintCode == "m")
5611 if (ConstraintCode == "o")
5613 if (ConstraintCode == "X")
5615 if (ConstraintCode == "p")
5618 }
5619
5620 /// Try to replace an X constraint, which matches anything, with another that
5621 /// has more specific requirements based on the type of the corresponding
5622 /// operand. This returns null if there is no replacement to make.
5623 virtual const char *LowerXConstraint(EVT ConstraintVT) const;
5624
5625 /// Lower the specified operand into the Ops vector. If it is invalid, don't
5626 /// add anything to Ops.
5627 virtual void LowerAsmOperandForConstraint(SDValue Op, StringRef Constraint,
5628 std::vector<SDValue> &Ops,
5629 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5630
5631 // Lower custom output constraints. If invalid, return SDValue().
5632 virtual SDValue LowerAsmOutputForConstraint(SDValue &Chain, SDValue &Glue,
5633 const SDLoc &DL,
5634 const AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo,
5635 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5636
5637 // Targets may override this function to collect operands from the CallInst
5638 // and for example, lower them into the SelectionDAG operands.
5639 virtual void CollectTargetIntrinsicOperands(const CallInst &I,
5641 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5642
5643 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5644 // Div utility functions
5645 //
5646
5647 SDValue BuildSDIV(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool IsAfterLegalization,
5648 bool IsAfterLegalTypes,
5649 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5650 SDValue BuildUDIV(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool IsAfterLegalization,
5651 bool IsAfterLegalTypes,
5652 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5653 // Build sdiv by power-of-2 with conditional move instructions
5654 SDValue buildSDIVPow2WithCMov(SDNode *N, const APInt &Divisor,
5655 SelectionDAG &DAG,
5656 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5657
5658 /// Targets may override this function to provide custom SDIV lowering for
5659 /// power-of-2 denominators. If the target returns an empty SDValue, LLVM
5660 /// assumes SDIV is expensive and replaces it with a series of other integer
5661 /// operations.
5662 virtual SDValue BuildSDIVPow2(SDNode *N, const APInt &Divisor,
5663 SelectionDAG &DAG,
5664 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5665
5666 /// Targets may override this function to provide custom SREM lowering for
5667 /// power-of-2 denominators. If the target returns an empty SDValue, LLVM
5668 /// assumes SREM is expensive and replaces it with a series of other integer
5669 /// operations.
5670 virtual SDValue BuildSREMPow2(SDNode *N, const APInt &Divisor,
5671 SelectionDAG &DAG,
5672 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5673
5674 /// Indicate whether this target prefers to combine FDIVs with the same
5675 /// divisor. If the transform should never be done, return zero. If the
5676 /// transform should be done, return the minimum number of divisor uses
5677 /// that must exist.
5678 virtual unsigned combineRepeatedFPDivisors() const {
5679 return 0;
5680 }
5681
5682 /// Hooks for building estimates in place of slower divisions and square
5683 /// roots.
5684
5685 /// Return either a square root or its reciprocal estimate value for the input
5686 /// operand.
5687 /// \p Enabled is a ReciprocalEstimate enum with value either 'Unspecified' or
5688 /// 'Enabled' as set by a potential default override attribute.
5689 /// If \p RefinementSteps is 'Unspecified', the number of Newton-Raphson
5690 /// refinement iterations required to generate a sufficient (though not
5691 /// necessarily IEEE-754 compliant) estimate is returned in that parameter.
5692 /// The boolean UseOneConstNR output is used to select a Newton-Raphson
5693 /// algorithm implementation that uses either one or two constants.
5694 /// The boolean Reciprocal is used to select whether the estimate is for the
5695 /// square root of the input operand or the reciprocal of its square root.
5696 /// A target may choose to implement its own refinement within this function.
5697 /// If that's true, then return '0' as the number of RefinementSteps to avoid
5698 /// any further refinement of the estimate.
5699 /// An empty SDValue return means no estimate sequence can be created.
5701 int Enabled, int &RefinementSteps,
5702 bool &UseOneConstNR, bool Reciprocal) const {
5703 return SDValue();
5704 }
5705
5706 /// Try to convert the fminnum/fmaxnum to a compare/select sequence. This is
5707 /// required for correctness since InstCombine might have canonicalized a
5708 /// fcmp+select sequence to a FMINNUM/FMAXNUM intrinsic. If we were to fall
5709 /// through to the default expansion/soften to libcall, we might introduce a
5710 /// link-time dependency on libm into a file that originally did not have one.
5711 SDValue createSelectForFMINNUM_FMAXNUM(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5712
5713 /// Return a reciprocal estimate value for the input operand.
5714 /// \p Enabled is a ReciprocalEstimate enum with value either 'Unspecified' or
5715 /// 'Enabled' as set by a potential default override attribute.
5716 /// If \p RefinementSteps is 'Unspecified', the number of Newton-Raphson
5717 /// refinement iterations required to generate a sufficient (though not
5718 /// necessarily IEEE-754 compliant) estimate is returned in that parameter.
5719 /// A target may choose to implement its own refinement within this function.
5720 /// If that's true, then return '0' as the number of RefinementSteps to avoid
5721 /// any further refinement of the estimate.
5722 /// An empty SDValue return means no estimate sequence can be created.
5724 int Enabled, int &RefinementSteps) const {
5725 return SDValue();
5726 }
5727
5728 /// Return a target-dependent comparison result if the input operand is
5729 /// suitable for use with a square root estimate calculation. For example, the
5730 /// comparison may check if the operand is NAN, INF, zero, normal, etc. The
5731 /// result should be used as the condition operand for a select or branch.
5732 virtual SDValue getSqrtInputTest(SDValue Operand, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5733 const DenormalMode &Mode,
5734 SDNodeFlags Flags = {}) const;
5735
5736 /// Return a target-dependent result if the input operand is not suitable for
5737 /// use with a square root estimate calculation.
5739 SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
5740 return DAG.getConstantFP(0.0, SDLoc(Operand), Operand.getValueType());
5741 }
5742
5743 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5744 // Legalization utility functions
5745 //
5746
5747 /// Expand a MUL or [US]MUL_LOHI of n-bit values into two or four nodes,
5748 /// respectively, each computing an n/2-bit part of the result.
5749 /// \param Result A vector that will be filled with the parts of the result
5750 /// in little-endian order.
5751 /// \param LL Low bits of the LHS of the MUL. You can use this parameter
5752 /// if you want to control how low bits are extracted from the LHS.
5753 /// \param LH High bits of the LHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning.
5754 /// \param RL Low bits of the RHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning
5755 /// \param RH High bits of the RHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning.
5756 /// \returns true if the node has been expanded, false if it has not
5757 bool expandMUL_LOHI(unsigned Opcode, EVT VT, const SDLoc &dl, SDValue LHS,
5758 SDValue RHS, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &Result, EVT HiLoVT,
5759 SelectionDAG &DAG, MulExpansionKind Kind,
5760 SDValue LL = SDValue(), SDValue LH = SDValue(),
5761 SDValue RL = SDValue(), SDValue RH = SDValue()) const;
5762
5763 /// Expand a MUL into two nodes. One that computes the high bits of
5764 /// the result and one that computes the low bits.
5765 /// \param HiLoVT The value type to use for the Lo and Hi nodes.
5766 /// \param LL Low bits of the LHS of the MUL. You can use this parameter
5767 /// if you want to control how low bits are extracted from the LHS.
5768 /// \param LH High bits of the LHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning.
5769 /// \param RL Low bits of the RHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning
5770 /// \param RH High bits of the RHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning.
5771 /// \returns true if the node has been expanded. false if it has not
5772 bool expandMUL(SDNode *N, SDValue &Lo, SDValue &Hi, EVT HiLoVT,
5773 SelectionDAG &DAG, MulExpansionKind Kind,
5774 SDValue LL = SDValue(), SDValue LH = SDValue(),
5775 SDValue RL = SDValue(), SDValue RH = SDValue()) const;
5776
5777 /// Attempt to expand an n-bit div/rem/divrem by constant using an n/2-bit
5778 /// algorithm. First, attempt to expand the division using a n/2-bit urem by
5779 /// constant and other arithmetic ops. The n/2-bit urem by constant will be
5780 /// expanded by DAGCombiner. As this is not possible for all constant
5781 /// divisors, this method falls back to an implementation of the magic
5782 /// algorithm using n/2-bit operations.
5783 /// \param N Node to expand
5784 /// \param Result A vector that will be filled with the lo and high parts of
5785 /// the results. For *DIVREM, this will be the quotient parts followed
5786 /// by the remainder parts.
5787 /// \param HiLoVT The value type to use for the Lo and Hi parts. Should be
5788 /// half of VT.
5789 /// \param LL Low bits of the LHS of the operation. You can use this
5790 /// parameter if you want to control how low bits are extracted from
5791 /// the LHS.
5792 /// \param LH High bits of the LHS of the operation. See LL for meaning.
5793 /// \returns true if the node has been expanded, false if it has not.
5794 bool expandDIVREMByConstant(SDNode *N, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &Result,
5795 EVT HiLoVT, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5796 SDValue LL = SDValue(),
5797 SDValue LH = SDValue()) const;
5798
5799 /// Expand funnel shift.
5800 /// \param N Node to expand
5801 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5802 SDValue expandFunnelShift(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5803
5804 /// Expand carryless multiply.
5805 /// \param N Node to expand
5806 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5807 SDValue expandCLMUL(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5808
5809 /// Expand MODF node into fractional and integer parts.
5810 /// \param N Node to expand
5811 /// \param Results Vector to store the resulting fractional and integer parts
5812 /// \returns true if the node has been expanded, false if it has not
5813 bool expandMODF(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5815
5816 /// Expand parallel bit extract (compress).
5817 /// \param N Node to expand
5818 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5819 SDValue expandPEXT(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5820
5821 /// Expand parallel bit deposit (expand).
5822 /// \param N Node to expand
5823 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5824 SDValue expandPDEP(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5825
5826 /// Expand rotations.
5827 /// \param N Node to expand
5828 /// \param AllowVectorOps expand vector rotate, this should only be performed
5829 /// if the legalization is happening outside of LegalizeVectorOps
5830 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5831 SDValue expandROT(SDNode *N, bool AllowVectorOps, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5832
5833 /// Expand shift-by-parts.
5834 /// \param N Node to expand
5835 /// \param Lo lower-output-part after conversion
5836 /// \param Hi upper-output-part after conversion
5837 void expandShiftParts(SDNode *N, SDValue &Lo, SDValue &Hi,
5838 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5839
5840 /// Expand float(f32) to SINT(i64) conversion
5841 /// \param N Node to expand
5842 /// \param Result output after conversion
5843 /// \returns True, if the expansion was successful, false otherwise
5844 bool expandFP_TO_SINT(SDNode *N, SDValue &Result, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5845
5846 /// Expand float to UINT conversion
5847 /// \param N Node to expand
5848 /// \param Result output after conversion
5849 /// \param Chain output chain after conversion
5850 /// \returns True, if the expansion was successful, false otherwise
5851 bool expandFP_TO_UINT(SDNode *N, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Chain,
5852 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5853
5854 /// Expand UINT(i64) to double(f64) conversion
5855 /// \param N Node to expand
5856 /// \param Result output after conversion
5857 /// \param Chain output chain after conversion
5858 /// \returns True, if the expansion was successful, false otherwise
5859 bool expandUINT_TO_FP(SDNode *N, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Chain,
5860 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5861
5862 /// Expand fminnum/fmaxnum into fminnum_ieee/fmaxnum_ieee with quieted inputs.
5863 SDValue expandFMINNUM_FMAXNUM(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5864
5865 /// Expand fminimum/fmaximum into multiple comparison with selects.
5866 SDValue expandFMINIMUM_FMAXIMUM(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5867
5868 /// Expand fminimumnum/fmaximumnum into multiple comparison with selects.
5869 SDValue expandFMINIMUMNUM_FMAXIMUMNUM(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5870
5871 /// Expand FP_TO_[US]INT_SAT into FP_TO_[US]INT and selects or min/max.
5872 /// \param N Node to expand
5873 /// \returns The expansion result
5874 SDValue expandFP_TO_INT_SAT(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5875
5876 /// Truncate Op to ResultVT. If the result is exact, leave it alone. If it is
5877 /// not exact, force the result to be odd.
5878 /// \param ResultVT The type of result.
5879 /// \param Op The value to round.
5880 /// \returns The expansion result
5881 SDValue expandRoundInexactToOdd(EVT ResultVT, SDValue Op, const SDLoc &DL,
5882 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5883
5884 /// Expand round(fp) to fp conversion
5885 /// \param N Node to expand
5886 /// \returns The expansion result
5887 SDValue expandFP_ROUND(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5888
5889 /// Expand check for floating point class.
5890 /// \param ResultVT The type of intrinsic call result.
5891 /// \param Op The tested value.
5892 /// \param Test The test to perform.
5893 /// \param Flags The optimization flags.
5894 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5895 SDValue expandIS_FPCLASS(EVT ResultVT, SDValue Op, FPClassTest Test,
5896 SDNodeFlags Flags, const SDLoc &DL,
5897 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5898
5899 /// Expand FCANONICALIZE to FMUL with 1.
5900 /// \param NodeNode to expand
5901 /// \returns The expansion result
5902 SDValue expandFCANONICALIZE(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5903
5904 /// Expand CONVERT_TO_ARBITRARY_FP using bit manipulation.
5905 /// \param Node Node to expand.
5906 /// \returns The expansion result, or SDValue() if fails.
5907 SDValue expandCONVERT_TO_ARBITRARY_FP(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5908
5909 /// Expand CONVERT_FROM_ARBITRARY_FP using bit manipulation.
5910 /// \param Node Node to expand.
5911 /// \returns The expansion result, or SDValue() if fails.
5912 SDValue expandCONVERT_FROM_ARBITRARY_FP(SDNode *Node,
5913 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5914
5915 /// Expand CTPOP nodes. Expands vector/scalar CTPOP nodes,
5916 /// vector nodes can only succeed if all operations are legal/custom.
5917 /// \param N Node to expand
5918 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5919 SDValue expandCTPOP(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5920
5921 /// Expand CTLZ/CTLZ_ZERO_POISON nodes. Expands vector/scalar CTLZ nodes,
5922 /// vector nodes can only succeed if all operations are legal/custom.
5923 /// \param N Node to expand
5924 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5925 SDValue expandCTLZ(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5926
5927 /// Expand CTLS (count leading sign bits) nodes.
5928 /// CTLS(x) = CTLZ(OR(SHL(XOR(x, SRA(x, BW-1)), 1), 1))
5929 /// \param N Node to expand
5930 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5931 SDValue expandCTLS(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5932
5933 /// Expand CTTZ via Table Lookup.
5934 /// \param N Node to expand
5935 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5936 SDValue CTTZTableLookup(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, EVT VT,
5937 SDValue Op, unsigned NumBitsPerElt) const;
5938
5939 /// Expand CTTZ/CTTZ_ZERO_POISON nodes. Expands vector/scalar CTTZ nodes,
5940 /// vector nodes can only succeed if all operations are legal/custom.
5941 /// \param N Node to expand
5942 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5943 SDValue expandCTTZ(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5944
5945 /// Expand VP_CTTZ_ELTS/VP_CTTZ_ELTS_ZERO_POISON nodes.
5946 /// \param N Node to expand
5947 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5948 SDValue expandVPCTTZElements(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5949
5950 /// Expand VECTOR_MATCH nodes.
5951 /// \param N Node to expand
5952 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5953 SDValue expandVectorMatch(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5954
5955 /// Expand VECTOR_FIND_LAST_ACTIVE nodes
5956 /// \param N Node to expand
5957 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5958 SDValue expandVectorFindLastActive(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5959
5960 /// Expand GET_ACTIVE_LANE_MASK nodes
5961 /// \param N Node to expand
5962 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5963 SDValue expandGetActiveLaneMask(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5964
5965 /// Expand LOOP_DEPENDENCE_MASK nodes
5966 /// \param N Node to expand
5967 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5968 SDValue expandLoopDependenceMask(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5969
5970 /// Expand ABS nodes. Expands vector/scalar ABS nodes,
5971 /// vector nodes can only succeed if all operations are legal/custom.
5972 /// (ABS x) -> (XOR (ADD x, (SRA x, type_size)), (SRA x, type_size))
5973 /// \param N Node to expand
5974 /// \param IsNegative indicate negated abs
5975 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5976 SDValue expandABS(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5977 bool IsNegative = false) const;
5978
5979 /// Expand ABDS/ABDU nodes. Expands vector/scalar ABDS/ABDU nodes.
5980 /// \param N Node to expand
5981 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5982 SDValue expandABD(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5983
5984 /// Expand vector/scalar AVGCEILS/AVGCEILU/AVGFLOORS/AVGFLOORU nodes.
5985 /// \param N Node to expand
5986 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5987 SDValue expandAVG(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5988
5989 /// Expand BSWAP nodes. Expands scalar/vector BSWAP nodes with i16/i32/i64
5990 /// scalar types. Returns SDValue() if expand fails.
5991 /// \param N Node to expand
5992 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5993 SDValue expandBSWAP(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5994
5995 /// Expand BITREVERSE nodes. Expands scalar/vector BITREVERSE nodes.
5996 /// Returns SDValue() if expand fails.
5997 /// \param N Node to expand
5998 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5999 SDValue expandBITREVERSE(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6000
6001 /// Turn load of vector type into a load of the individual elements.
6002 /// \param LD load to expand
6003 /// \returns BUILD_VECTOR and TokenFactor nodes.
6004 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue> scalarizeVectorLoad(LoadSDNode *LD,
6005 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6006
6007 // Turn a store of a vector type into stores of the individual elements.
6008 /// \param ST Store with a vector value type
6009 /// \returns TokenFactor of the individual store chains.
6011
6012 /// Expands an unaligned load to 2 half-size loads for an integer, and
6013 /// possibly more for vectors.
6014 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue> expandUnalignedLoad(LoadSDNode *LD,
6015 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6016
6017 /// Expands an unaligned store to 2 half-size stores for integer values, and
6018 /// possibly more for vectors.
6019 SDValue expandUnalignedStore(StoreSDNode *ST, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6020
6021 /// Increments memory address \p Addr according to the type of the value
6022 /// \p DataVT that should be stored. If the data is stored in compressed
6023 /// form, the memory address should be incremented according to the number of
6024 /// the stored elements. This number is equal to the number of '1's bits
6025 /// in the \p Mask.
6026 /// \p DataVT is a vector type. \p Mask is a vector value.
6027 /// \p DataVT and \p Mask have the same number of vector elements.
6028 SDValue IncrementMemoryAddress(SDValue Addr, SDValue Mask, const SDLoc &DL,
6029 EVT DataVT, SelectionDAG &DAG,
6030 bool IsCompressedMemory) const;
6031
6032 /// Get a pointer to vector element \p Idx located in memory for a vector of
6033 /// type \p VecVT starting at a base address of \p VecPtr. If \p Idx is out of
6034 /// bounds the returned pointer is unspecified, but will be within the vector
6035 /// bounds. \p PtrArithFlags can be used to mark that arithmetic within the
6036 /// vector in memory is known to not wrap or to be inbounds.
6037 SDValue getVectorElementPointer(
6038 SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue VecPtr, EVT VecVT, SDValue Index,
6039 const SDNodeFlags PtrArithFlags = SDNodeFlags()) const;
6040
6041 /// Get a pointer to vector element \p Idx located in memory for a vector of
6042 /// type \p VecVT starting at a base address of \p VecPtr. If \p Idx is out of
6043 /// bounds the returned pointer is unspecified, but will be within the vector
6044 /// bounds. \p VecPtr is guaranteed to point to the beginning of a memory
6045 /// location large enough for the vector.
6047 EVT VecVT, SDValue Index) const {
6048 return getVectorElementPointer(DAG, VecPtr, VecVT, Index,
6051 }
6052
6053 /// Get a pointer to a sub-vector of type \p SubVecVT at index \p Idx located
6054 /// in memory for a vector of type \p VecVT starting at a base address of
6055 /// \p VecPtr. If \p Idx plus the size of \p SubVecVT is out of bounds the
6056 /// returned pointer is unspecified, but the value returned will be such that
6057 /// the entire subvector would be within the vector bounds. \p PtrArithFlags
6058 /// can be used to mark that arithmetic within the vector in memory is known
6059 /// to not wrap or to be inbounds.
6060 SDValue
6061 getVectorSubVecPointer(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue VecPtr, EVT VecVT,
6062 EVT SubVecVT, SDValue Index,
6063 const SDNodeFlags PtrArithFlags = SDNodeFlags()) const;
6064
6065 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US][MIN|MAX]. This
6066 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
6067 SDValue expandIntMINMAX(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6068
6069 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US][ADD|SUB]SAT. This
6070 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
6071 SDValue expandAddSubSat(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6072
6073 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US]CMP. This
6074 /// method accepts integers as its arguments
6075 SDValue expandCMP(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6076
6077 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US]SHLSAT. This
6078 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
6079 SDValue expandShlSat(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6080
6081 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[U|S]MULFIX[SAT]. This
6082 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
6083 SDValue expandFixedPointMul(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6084
6085 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US]DIVFIX[SAT]. This
6086 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
6087 /// Note: This method may fail if the division could not be performed
6088 /// within the type. Clients must retry with a wider type if this happens.
6089 SDValue expandFixedPointDiv(unsigned Opcode, const SDLoc &dl,
6091 unsigned Scale, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6092
6093 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::U(ADD|SUB)O. Expansion
6094 /// always suceeds and populates the Result and Overflow arguments.
6095 void expandUADDSUBO(SDNode *Node, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Overflow,
6096 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6097
6098 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::S(ADD|SUB)O. Expansion
6099 /// always suceeds and populates the Result and Overflow arguments.
6100 void expandSADDSUBO(SDNode *Node, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Overflow,
6101 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6102
6103 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US]MULO. Returns whether
6104 /// expansion was successful and populates the Result and Overflow arguments.
6105 bool expandMULO(SDNode *Node, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Overflow,
6106 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6107
6108 // Expand ISD::MULH[SU]. Can expand to MUL_LOHI or wide MUL if available.
6109 SDValue expandMULH(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6110
6111 /// Calculate the product twice the width of LHS and RHS. If HiLHS/HiRHS are
6112 /// non-null they will be included in the multiplication. The expansion works
6113 /// by splitting the 2 inputs into 4 pieces that we can multiply and add
6114 /// together without neding MULH or MUL_LOHI.
6115 void forceExpandMultiply(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &dl, bool Signed,
6117 SDValue HiLHS = SDValue(),
6118 SDValue HiRHS = SDValue()) const;
6119
6120 /// Calculate full product of LHS and RHS either via a libcall or through
6121 /// brute force expansion of the multiplication. The expansion works by
6122 /// splitting the 2 inputs into 4 pieces that we can multiply and add together
6123 /// without needing MULH or MUL_LOHI.
6124 void forceExpandWideMUL(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &dl, bool Signed,
6125 const SDValue LHS, const SDValue RHS, SDValue &Lo,
6126 SDValue &Hi) const;
6127
6128 /// Expand a VECREDUCE_* into an explicit calculation. If Count is specified,
6129 /// only the first Count elements of the vector are used.
6130 SDValue expandVecReduce(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6131
6132 /// Expand a VECREDUCE_SEQ_* into an explicit ordered calculation.
6133 SDValue expandVecReduceSeq(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6134
6135 /// Expand an SREM or UREM using SDIV/UDIV or SDIVREM/UDIVREM, if legal.
6136 /// Returns true if the expansion was successful.
6137 bool expandREM(SDNode *Node, SDValue &Result, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6138
6139 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::VECTOR_SPLICE. This
6140 /// method accepts vectors as its arguments.
6141 SDValue expandVectorSplice(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6142
6143 /// Expand a VECTOR_INTERLEAVE without introducing wider vector types.
6144 void expandVectorInterleave(SDNode *Node, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &Results,
6145 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6146
6147 /// Expand a VECTOR_DEINTERLEAVE without introducing wider vector types.
6148 void expandVectorDeinterleave(SDNode *Node, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &Results,
6149 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6150
6151 /// Expand a vector VECTOR_COMPRESS into a sequence of extract element, store
6152 /// temporarily, advance store position, before re-loading the final vector.
6153 SDValue expandVECTOR_COMPRESS(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6154
6155 /// Expand a VECTOR_SHUFFLE_VAR into variable-index element extracts.
6156 SDValue expandVECTOR_SHUFFLE_VAR(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6157
6158 /// Expand a CTTZ_ELTS or CTTZ_ELTS_ZERO_POISON by calculating (VL - i) for
6159 /// each active lane (i), getting the maximum and subtracting it from VL.
6160 SDValue expandCttzElts(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6161
6162 /// Expands PARTIAL_REDUCE_S/UMLA nodes to a series of simpler operations,
6163 /// consisting of zext/sext, extract_subvector, mul and add operations.
6164 SDValue expandPartialReduceMLA(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6165
6166 /// Expands a node with multiple results to an FP or vector libcall. The
6167 /// libcall is expected to take all the operands of the \p Node followed by
6168 /// output pointers for each of the results. \p CallRetResNo can be optionally
6169 /// set to indicate that one of the results comes from the libcall's return
6170 /// value.
6171 bool expandMultipleResultFPLibCall(
6172 SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::Libcall LC, SDNode *Node,
6174 std::optional<unsigned> CallRetResNo = {}) const;
6175
6176 /// Legalize a SETCC with given LHS and RHS and condition code CC on the
6177 /// current target.
6178 ///
6179 /// If the SETCC has been legalized using AND / OR, then the legalized node
6180 /// will be stored in LHS. RHS and CC will be set to SDValue(). NeedInvert
6181 /// will be set to false.
6182 ///
6183 /// If the SETCC has been legalized by using getSetCCSwappedOperands(), then
6184 /// the values of LHS and RHS will be swapped, CC will be set to the new
6185 /// condition, and NeedInvert will be set to false.
6186 ///
6187 /// If the SETCC has been legalized using the inverse condcode, then LHS and
6188 /// RHS will be unchanged, CC will set to the inverted condcode, and
6189 /// NeedInvert will be set to true. The caller must invert the result of the
6190 /// SETCC with SelectionDAG::getLogicalNOT() or take equivalent action to swap
6191 /// the effect of a true/false result.
6192 ///
6193 /// \returns true if the SETCC has been legalized, false if it hasn't.
6194 bool LegalizeSetCCCondCode(SelectionDAG &DAG, EVT VT, SDValue &LHS,
6195 SDValue &RHS, SDValue &CC, bool &NeedInvert,
6196 const SDLoc &dl, SDValue &Chain,
6197 bool IsSignaling = false) const;
6198
6199 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6200 // Instruction Emitting Hooks
6201 //
6202
6203 /// This method should be implemented by targets that mark instructions with
6204 /// the 'usesCustomInserter' flag. These instructions are special in various
6205 /// ways, which require special support to insert. The specified MachineInstr
6206 /// is created but not inserted into any basic blocks, and this method is
6207 /// called to expand it into a sequence of instructions, potentially also
6208 /// creating new basic blocks and control flow.
6209 /// As long as the returned basic block is different (i.e., we created a new
6210 /// one), the custom inserter is free to modify the rest of \p MBB.
6211 virtual MachineBasicBlock *
6212 EmitInstrWithCustomInserter(MachineInstr &MI, MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const;
6213
6214 /// This method should be implemented by targets that mark instructions with
6215 /// the 'hasPostISelHook' flag. These instructions must be adjusted after
6216 /// instruction selection by target hooks. e.g. To fill in optional defs for
6217 /// ARM 's' setting instructions.
6218 virtual void AdjustInstrPostInstrSelection(MachineInstr &MI,
6219 SDNode *Node) const;
6220
6221 /// If this function returns true, SelectionDAGBuilder emits a
6222 /// LOAD_STACK_GUARD node when it is lowering Intrinsic::stackprotector.
6223 virtual bool useLoadStackGuardNode(const Module &M) const { return false; }
6224
6226 const SDLoc &DL) const {
6227 llvm_unreachable("not implemented for this target");
6228 }
6229
6230 /// Lower TLS global address SDNode for target independent emulated TLS model.
6231 virtual SDValue LowerToTLSEmulatedModel(const GlobalAddressSDNode *GA,
6232 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6233
6234 /// Expands target specific indirect branch for the case of JumpTable
6235 /// expansion.
6236 virtual SDValue expandIndirectJTBranch(const SDLoc &dl, SDValue Value,
6237 SDValue Addr, int JTI,
6238 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6239
6240 // seteq(x, 0) -> truncate(srl(ctlz(zext(x)), log2(#bits)))
6241 // If we're comparing for equality to zero and isCtlzFast is true, expose the
6242 // fact that this can be implemented as a ctlz/srl pair, so that the dag
6243 // combiner can fold the new nodes.
6244 SDValue lowerCmpEqZeroToCtlzSrl(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6245
6246 // Return true if `X & Y eq/ne 0` is preferable to `X & Y ne/eq Y`
6248 return true;
6249 }
6250
6251 // Expand vector operation by dividing it into smaller length operations and
6252 // joining their results. SDValue() is returned when expansion did not happen.
6253 SDValue expandVectorNaryOpBySplitting(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6254
6255 /// Replace an extraction of a load with a narrowed load.
6256 ///
6257 /// \param ResultVT type of the result extraction.
6258 /// \param InVecVT type of the input vector to with bitcasts resolved.
6259 /// \param EltNo index of the vector element to load.
6260 /// \param OriginalLoad vector load that to be replaced.
6261 /// \returns \p ResultVT Load on success SDValue() on failure.
6262 SDValue scalarizeExtractedVectorLoad(EVT ResultVT, const SDLoc &DL,
6263 EVT InVecVT, SDValue EltNo,
6264 LoadSDNode *OriginalLoad,
6265 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6266
6267protected:
6268 void setTypeIdForCallsiteInfo(const CallBase *CB, MachineFunction &MF,
6269 MachineFunction::CallSiteInfo &CSInfo) const;
6270
6271private:
6272 SDValue foldSetCCWithAnd(EVT VT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6273 const SDLoc &DL, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
6274 SDValue foldSetCCWithOr(EVT VT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6275 const SDLoc &DL, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
6276 SDValue foldSetCCWithBinOp(EVT VT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6277 const SDLoc &DL, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
6278
6279 SDValue optimizeSetCCOfSignedTruncationCheck(EVT SCCVT, SDValue N0,
6281 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI,
6282 const SDLoc &DL) const;
6283
6284 // (X & (C l>>/<< Y)) ==/!= 0 --> ((X <</l>> Y) & C) ==/!= 0
6285 SDValue optimizeSetCCByHoistingAndByConstFromLogicalShift(
6286 EVT SCCVT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1C, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6287 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI, const SDLoc &DL) const;
6288
6289 SDValue prepareUREMEqFold(EVT SETCCVT, SDValue REMNode,
6290 SDValue CompTargetNode, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6291 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI, const SDLoc &DL,
6292 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
6293 SDValue buildUREMEqFold(EVT SETCCVT, SDValue REMNode, SDValue CompTargetNode,
6294 ISD::CondCode Cond, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI,
6295 const SDLoc &DL) const;
6296
6297 SDValue prepareSREMEqFold(EVT SETCCVT, SDValue REMNode,
6298 SDValue CompTargetNode, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6299 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI, const SDLoc &DL,
6300 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
6301 SDValue buildSREMEqFold(EVT SETCCVT, SDValue REMNode, SDValue CompTargetNode,
6302 ISD::CondCode Cond, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI,
6303 const SDLoc &DL) const;
6304
6305 bool expandUDIVREMByConstantViaUREMDecomposition(
6306 SDNode *N, APInt Divisor, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &Result, EVT HiLoVT,
6307 SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue LL, SDValue LH) const;
6308
6309 bool expandUDIVREMByConstantViaUMulHiMagic(SDNode *N, const APInt &Divisor,
6311 EVT HiLoVT, SelectionDAG &DAG,
6312 SDValue LL, SDValue LH) const;
6313};
6314
6315/// Given an LLVM IR type and return type attributes, compute the return value
6316/// EVTs and flags, and optionally also the offsets, if the return value is
6317/// being lowered to memory.
6318LLVM_ABI void GetReturnInfo(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ReturnType,
6319 AttributeList attr,
6320 SmallVectorImpl<ISD::OutputArg> &Outs,
6321 const TargetLowering &TLI, const DataLayout &DL);
6322
6323} // end namespace llvm
6324
6325#endif // LLVM_CODEGEN_TARGETLOWERING_H
unsigned NumParts
return SDValue()
bool IsScalable
const TargetLowering & TLI
assert(UImm &&(UImm !=~static_cast< T >(0)) &&"Invalid immediate!")
uint64_t uint64_t
uint64_t Imm
This file implements a class to represent arbitrary precision integral constant values and operations...
MachineBasicBlock & MBB
MachineBasicBlock MachineBasicBlock::iterator DebugLoc DL
MachineBasicBlock MachineBasicBlock::iterator MBBI
Function Alias Analysis Results
Atomic ordering constants.
This file contains the simple types necessary to represent the attributes associated with functions a...
#define X(NUM, ENUM, NAME)
Definition ELF.h:665
block Block Frequency Analysis
static GCRegistry::Add< ShadowStackGC > C("shadow-stack", "Very portable GC for uncooperative code generators")
static GCRegistry::Add< CoreCLRGC > E("coreclr", "CoreCLR-compatible GC")
static GCRegistry::Add< OcamlGC > B("ocaml", "ocaml 3.10-compatible GC")
#define LLVM_ABI
Definition Compiler.h:211
#define LLVM_READONLY
Definition Compiler.h:334
This file defines the DenseMap class.
const HexagonInstrInfo * TII
IRTranslator LLVM IR MI
static bool ShrinkDemandedConstant(Instruction *I, unsigned OpNo, const APInt &Demanded)
Check to see if the specified operand of the specified instruction is a constant integer.
const AbstractManglingParser< Derived, Alloc >::OperatorInfo AbstractManglingParser< Derived, Alloc >::Ops[]
#define RegName(no)
lazy value info
static bool isFloat(MachineBasicBlock::iterator I)
Implement a low-level type suitable for MachineInstr level instruction selection.
#define F(x, y, z)
Definition MD5.cpp:54
#define I(x, y, z)
Definition MD5.cpp:57
Register const TargetRegisterInfo * TRI
Promote Memory to Register
Definition Mem2Reg.cpp:110
const uint64_t BitWidth
ConstantRange Range(APInt(BitWidth, Low), APInt(BitWidth, High))
uint64_t High
PowerPC Reduce CR logical Operation
SmallVector< MachineOperand, 4 > Cond
RISCVCC::CondCode CC
MachineRegisterInfo & MRI
static cl::opt< RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode > Mode("regalloc-enable-advisor", cl::Hidden, cl::init(RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode::Default), cl::desc("Enable regalloc advisor mode"), cl::values(clEnumValN(RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode::Default, "default", "Default"), clEnumValN(RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode::Release, "release", "precompiled"), clEnumValN(RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode::Development, "development", "for training")))
This file defines the SmallVector class.
static TableGen::Emitter::Opt Y("gen-skeleton-entry", EmitSkeleton, "Generate example skeleton entry")
static SymbolRef::Type getType(const Symbol *Sym)
Definition TapiFile.cpp:39
static SDValue scalarizeVectorStore(StoreSDNode *Store, MVT StoreVT, SelectionDAG &DAG)
Scalarize a vector store, bitcasting to TargetVT to determine the scalar type.
Value * RHS
Value * LHS
Class for arbitrary precision integers.
Definition APInt.h:78
unsigned getBitWidth() const
Return the number of bits in the APInt.
Definition APInt.h:1508
Represent a constant reference to an array (0 or more elements consecutively in memory),...
Definition ArrayRef.h:40
A cache of @llvm.assume calls within a function.
An instruction that atomically checks whether a specified value is in a memory location,...
an instruction that atomically reads a memory location, combines it with another value,...
bool isElementwise() const
Return true if this RMW has elementwise vector semantics.
bool isFloatingPointOperation() const
BinOp getOperation() const
This class holds the attributes for a particular argument, parameter, function, or return value.
Definition Attributes.h:448
LLVM_ABI bool getValueAsBool() const
Return the attribute's value as a boolean.
AttrKind
This enumeration lists the attributes that can be associated with parameters, function results,...
Definition Attributes.h:126
@ None
No attributes have been set.
Definition Attributes.h:128
BlockFrequencyInfo pass uses BlockFrequencyInfoImpl implementation to estimate IR basic block frequen...
CCState - This class holds information needed while lowering arguments and return values.
CCValAssign - Represent assignment of one arg/retval to a location.
Base class for all callable instructions (InvokeInst and CallInst) Holds everything related to callin...
This class represents a function call, abstracting a target machine's calling convention.
This is the shared class of boolean and integer constants.
Definition Constants.h:87
This class represents a range of values.
This is an important base class in LLVM.
Definition Constant.h:44
A parsed version of the target data layout string in and methods for querying it.
Definition DataLayout.h:64
unsigned size() const
Definition DenseMap.h:717
constexpr bool isScalar() const
Exactly one element.
Definition TypeSize.h:317
This is a fast-path instruction selection class that generates poor code and doesn't support illegal ...
Definition FastISel.h:67
FunctionLoweringInfo - This contains information that is global to a function that is used when lower...
Class to represent function types.
unsigned getNumParams() const
Return the number of fixed parameters this function type requires.
bool isVarArg() const
Attribute getFnAttribute(Attribute::AttrKind Kind) const
Return the attribute for the given attribute kind.
Definition Function.cpp:766
Common base class shared among various IRBuilders.
Definition IRBuilder.h:111
Class to represent integer types.
A wrapper class for inspecting calls to intrinsic functions.
static LLT integer(unsigned SizeInBits)
This is an important class for using LLVM in a threaded context.
Definition LLVMContext.h:76
Tracks which library functions to use for a particular subtarget or function.
An instruction for reading from memory.
This class is used to represent ISD::LOAD nodes.
Represents a single loop in the control flow graph.
Definition LoopInfo.h:40
Context object for machine code objects.
Definition MCContext.h:83
Base class for the full range of assembler expressions which are needed for parsing.
Definition MCExpr.h:34
MCRegisterClass - Base class of TargetRegisterClass.
Machine Value Type.
@ INVALID_SIMPLE_VALUE_TYPE
SimpleValueType SimpleTy
uint64_t getScalarSizeInBits() const
bool isInteger() const
Return true if this is an integer or a vector integer type.
bool isPow2VectorType() const
Returns true if the given vector is a power of 2.
ElementCount getVectorElementCount() const
bool isFloatingPoint() const
Return true if this is a FP or a vector FP type.
bool isValid() const
Return true if this is a valid simple valuetype.
static MVT getIntegerVT(unsigned BitWidth)
Instructions::iterator instr_iterator
Representation of each machine instruction.
A description of a memory reference used in the backend.
Flags
Flags values. These may be or'd together.
MachineRegisterInfo - Keep track of information for virtual and physical registers,...
This is an abstract virtual class for memory operations.
A Module instance is used to store all the information related to an LLVM module.
Definition Module.h:68
Represent a mutable reference to an array (0 or more elements consecutively in memory),...
Definition ArrayRef.h:294
A discriminated union of two or more pointer types, with the discriminator in the low bits of the poi...
Analysis providing profile information.
Wrapper class representing virtual and physical registers.
Definition Register.h:20
Wrapper class for IR location info (IR ordering and DebugLoc) to be passed into SDNode creation funct...
Represents one node in the SelectionDAG.
bool hasOneUse() const
Return true if there is exactly one use of this node.
bool use_empty() const
Return true if there are no uses of this node.
Unlike LLVM values, Selection DAG nodes may return multiple values as the result of a computation.
SDNode * getNode() const
get the SDNode which holds the desired result
bool hasOneUse() const
Return true if there is exactly one node using value ResNo of Node, in exactly one operand.
EVT getValueType() const
Return the ValueType of the referenced return value.
const SDValue & getOperand(unsigned i) const
unsigned getOpcode() const
This is used to represent a portion of an LLVM function in a low-level Data Dependence DAG representa...
LLVM_ABI SDValue getConstantFP(double Val, const SDLoc &DL, EVT VT, bool isTarget=false)
Create a ConstantFPSDNode wrapping a constant value.
const DataLayout & getDataLayout() const
LLVM_ABI void RemoveDeadNode(SDNode *N)
Remove the specified node from the system.
LLVM_ABI SDValue getNode(unsigned Opcode, const SDLoc &DL, EVT VT, ArrayRef< SDUse > Ops)
Gets or creates the specified node.
LLVMContext * getContext() const
This instruction constructs a fixed permutation of two input vectors.
This class consists of common code factored out of the SmallVector class to reduce code duplication b...
This is a 'vector' (really, a variable-sized array), optimized for the case when the array is small.
An instruction for storing to memory.
This class is used to represent ISD::STORE nodes.
Represent a constant reference to a string, i.e.
Definition StringRef.h:56
Multiway switch.
TargetInstrInfo - Interface to description of machine instruction set.
Provides information about what library functions are available for the current target.
LLVM_ABI void setExtAttribute(Attribute::AttrKind Attr)
ArgListEntry(Value *Val, SDValue Node, Type *Ty)
Type * Ty
Same as OrigTy, or partially legalized for soft float libcalls.
ArgListEntry(Value *Val, SDValue Node=SDValue(), Attribute::AttrKind ExtAttr=Attribute::None)
ArgListEntry(SDValue Node, Type *Ty, Attribute::AttrKind ExtAttr=Attribute::None)
Type * OrigTy
Original unlegalized argument type.
LegalizeTypeAction getTypeAction(MVT VT) const
void setTypeAction(MVT VT, LegalizeTypeAction Action)
This base class for TargetLowering contains the SelectionDAG-independent parts that can be used from ...
virtual Value * emitStoreConditional(IRBuilderBase &Builder, Value *Val, Value *Addr, AtomicOrdering Ord) const
Perform a store-conditional operation to Addr.
virtual bool isFMAFasterThanFMulAndFAdd(const MachineFunction &MF, EVT) const
Return true if an FMA operation is faster than a pair of fmul and fadd instructions.
bool isOperationExpand(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified operation is illegal on this target or unlikely to be made legal with cu...
EVT getMemValueType(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, bool AllowUnknown=false) const
virtual IntegerType * getCmpLibcallReturnType(LLVMContext &Ctx) const
Return the integer type returned by comparison libcalls.
virtual bool enableAggressiveFMAFusion(LLT Ty) const
Return true if target always benefits from combining into FMA for a given value type.
virtual void emitBitTestAtomicRMWIntrinsic(AtomicRMWInst *AI) const
Perform a bit test atomicrmw using a target-specific intrinsic.
void setOperationAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > Ops, ArrayRef< MVT > VTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool requiresUniformRegister(MachineFunction &MF, const Value *) const
Allows target to decide about the register class of the specific value that is live outside the defin...
void setBooleanVectorContents(BooleanContent Ty)
Specify how the target extends the result of a vector boolean value from a vector of i1 to a wider ty...
virtual unsigned getVaListSizeInBits(const DataLayout &DL) const
Returns the size of the platform's va_list object.
virtual bool lowerDeinterleaveIntrinsicToLoad(Instruction *Load, Value *Mask, IntrinsicInst *DI, const APInt &GapMask) const
Lower a deinterleave intrinsic to a target specific load intrinsic.
void setOperationAction(unsigned Op, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified operation does not work with the specified type and indicate what to do a...
virtual bool preferSextInRegOfTruncate(EVT TruncVT, EVT VT, EVT ExtVT) const
virtual bool decomposeMulByConstant(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, SDValue C) const
Return true if it is profitable to transform an integer multiplication-by-constant into simpler opera...
void setMaxDivRemBitWidthSupported(unsigned SizeInBits)
Set the size in bits of the maximum div/rem the backend supports.
virtual bool hasAndNot(SDValue X) const
Return true if the target has a bitwise and-not operation: X = ~A & B This can be used to simplify se...
ReciprocalEstimate
Reciprocal estimate status values used by the functions below.
bool PredictableSelectIsExpensive
Tells the code generator that select is more expensive than a branch if the branch is usually predict...
virtual bool isShuffleMaskLegal(ArrayRef< int >, EVT) const
Targets can use this to indicate that they only support some VECTOR_SHUFFLE operations,...
virtual bool isAtomicAlignmentSupported(Align Alignment, uint64_t SizeInBytes) const
Return true if the target supports an atomic access of SizeInBytes bytes at the given Alignment.
virtual bool enableAggressiveFMAFusion(EVT VT) const
Return true if target always benefits from combining into FMA for a given value type.
virtual bool isComplexDeinterleavingOperationSupported(ComplexDeinterleavingOperation Operation, Type *Ty) const
Does this target support complex deinterleaving with the given operation and type.
virtual bool shouldRemoveRedundantExtend(SDValue Op) const
Return true (the default) if it is profitable to remove a sext_inreg(x) where the sext is redundant,...
bool isIndexedStoreLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
SDValue promoteTargetBoolean(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue Bool, EVT ValVT) const
Promote the given target boolean to a target boolean of the given type.
virtual bool isFMADLegal(const SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDNode *N) const
Returns true if be combined with to form an ISD::FMAD.
virtual bool shouldReduceLoadWidth(SDNode *Load, ISD::LoadExtType ExtTy, EVT NewVT, std::optional< unsigned > ByteOffset=std::nullopt) const
Return true if it is profitable to reduce a load to a smaller type.
virtual bool hasStandaloneRem(EVT VT) const
Return true if the target can handle a standalone remainder operation.
virtual bool isExtFreeImpl(const Instruction *I) const
Return true if the extension represented by I is free.
EVT getValueType(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, bool AllowUnknown=false) const
Return the EVT corresponding to this LLVM type.
LegalizeAction
This enum indicates whether operations are valid for a target, and if not, what action should be used...
virtual bool shouldExpandBuildVectorWithShuffles(EVT, unsigned DefinedValues) const
LegalizeAction getIndexedMaskedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const
Return how the indexed store should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger ...
virtual bool isSelectSupported(SelectSupportKind) const
CallingConv::ID getLibcallCallingConv(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const
Get the CallingConv that should be used for the specified libcall.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemcpyOptSize
Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
MachineBasicBlock * emitPatchPoint(MachineInstr &MI, MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const
Replace/modify any TargetFrameIndex operands with a targte-dependent sequence of memory operands that...
virtual bool isEqualityCmpFoldedWithSignedCmp() const
Return true if instruction generated for equality comparison is folded with instruction generated for...
virtual bool preferSelectsOverBooleanArithmetic(EVT VT) const
Should we prefer selects to doing arithmetic on boolean types.
virtual bool isLegalICmpImmediate(int64_t) const
Return true if the specified immediate is legal icmp immediate, that is the target has icmp instructi...
virtual bool convertSetCCLogicToBitwiseLogic(EVT VT) const
Use bitwise logic to make pairs of compares more efficient.
void setAtomicLoadExtAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, ArrayRef< MVT > MemVTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual const TargetRegisterClass * getRegClassFor(MVT VT, bool isDivergent=false) const
Return the register class that should be used for the specified value type.
virtual bool shouldFormOverflowOp(unsigned Opcode, EVT VT, bool MathUsed) const
Try to convert math with an overflow comparison into the corresponding DAG node operation.
ShiftLegalizationStrategy
Return the preferred strategy to legalize tihs SHIFT instruction, with ExpansionFactor being the recu...
virtual bool isVectorLoadExtDesirable(SDValue ExtVal) const
Return true if folding a vector load into ExtVal (a sign, zero, or any extend node) is profitable.
virtual bool isMaskAndCmp0FoldingBeneficial(const Instruction &AndI) const
Return if the target supports combining a chain like:
virtual Value * createComplexDeinterleavingIR(IRBuilderBase &B, ComplexDeinterleavingOperation OperationType, ComplexDeinterleavingRotation Rotation, Value *InputA, Value *InputB, Value *Accumulator=nullptr) const
Create the IR node for the given complex deinterleaving operation.
virtual bool shouldConvertConstantLoadToIntImm(const APInt &Imm, Type *Ty) const
Return true if it is beneficial to convert a load of a constant to just the constant itself.
virtual bool isSupportedFixedPointOperation(unsigned Op, EVT VT, unsigned Scale) const
Custom method defined by each target to indicate if an operation which may require a scale is support...
void setLoadExtAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
unsigned getMaximumLegalStoreInBits() const
Return maximum known-legal store size, which can be guaranteed for scalable vectors.
virtual bool shouldOptimizeMulOverflowWithZeroHighBits(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldExpandAtomicRMWInIR(const AtomicRMWInst *RMW) const
Returns how the IR-level AtomicExpand pass should expand the given AtomicRMW, if at all.
virtual Sched::Preference getSchedulingPreference(SDNode *) const
Some scheduler, e.g.
virtual MachineInstr * EmitKCFICheck(MachineBasicBlock &MBB, MachineBasicBlock::instr_iterator &MBBI, const TargetInstrInfo *TII) const
void setMinStackArgumentAlignment(Align Alignment)
Set the minimum stack alignment of an argument.
bool isExtLoad(const LoadInst *Load, const Instruction *Ext, const DataLayout &DL) const
Return true if Load and Ext can form an ExtLoad.
LegalizeTypeAction getTypeAction(MVT VT) const
virtual bool isLegalScaleForGatherScatter(uint64_t Scale, uint64_t ElemSize) const
EVT getTypeToExpandTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
For types supported by the target, this is an identity function.
virtual bool isSExtCheaperThanZExt(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const
Return true if sign-extension from FromTy to ToTy is cheaper than zero-extension.
virtual bool shouldInsertFencesForAtomic(const Instruction *I) const
Whether AtomicExpandPass should automatically insert fences and reduce ordering for this atomic.
virtual AtomicOrdering atomicOperationOrderAfterFenceSplit(const Instruction *I) const
MVT getVectorIdxTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
Returns the type to be used for the index operand of: ISD::INSERT_VECTOR_ELT, ISD::EXTRACT_VECTOR_ELT...
bool isOperationExpandOrLibCall(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
virtual bool allowsMisalignedMemoryAccesses(LLT, unsigned AddrSpace=0, Align Alignment=Align(1), MachineMemOperand::Flags Flags=MachineMemOperand::MONone, unsigned *=nullptr) const
LLT handling variant.
virtual bool isSafeMemOpType(MVT) const
Returns true if it's safe to use load / store of the specified type to expand memcpy / memset inline.
virtual void emitExpandAtomicCmpXchg(AtomicCmpXchgInst *CI) const
Perform a cmpxchg expansion using a target-specific method.
virtual ISD::NodeType getExtendForAtomicRMWArg(unsigned Op) const
Returns how the platform's atomic rmw operations expect their input argument to be extended (ZERO_EXT...
const TargetMachine & getTargetMachine() const
unsigned MaxLoadsPerMemcmp
Specify maximum number of load instructions per memcmp call.
virtual unsigned getNumRegistersForCallingConv(LLVMContext &Context, CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT) const
Certain targets require unusual breakdowns of certain types.
bool rangeFitsInWord(const APInt &Low, const APInt &High, const DataLayout &DL) const
Check whether the range [Low,High] fits in a machine word.
virtual bool isCtpopFast(EVT VT) const
Return true if ctpop instruction is fast.
virtual MachineMemOperand::Flags getTargetMMOFlags(const Instruction &I) const
This callback is used to inspect load/store instructions and add target-specific MachineMemOperand fl...
virtual Register getExceptionSelectorRegister(ExceptionHandling EH, const Constant *PersonalityFn) const
If a physical register, this returns the register that receives the exception typeid on entry to a la...
unsigned MaxGluedStoresPerMemcpy
Specify max number of store instructions to glue in inlined memcpy.
virtual bool isZExtFree(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const
Return true if any actual instruction that defines a value of type FromTy implicitly zero-extends the...
bool isPaddedAtMostSignificantBitsWhenStored(EVT VT) const
Indicates if any padding is guaranteed to go at the most significant bits when storing the type to me...
virtual MVT getRegisterTypeForCallingConv(LLVMContext &Context, CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT) const
Certain combinations of ABIs, Targets and features require that types are legal for some operations a...
void setOperationPromotedToType(unsigned Opc, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT)
Convenience method to set an operation to Promote and specify the type in a single call.
LegalizeTypeAction
This enum indicates whether a types are legal for a target, and if not, what action should be used to...
virtual bool useStackGuardMixFP() const
If this function returns true, stack protection checks should mix the frame pointer (or whichever poi...
unsigned getMinCmpXchgSizeInBits() const
Returns the size of the smallest cmpxchg or ll/sc instruction the backend supports.
virtual Value * emitMaskedAtomicRMWIntrinsic(IRBuilderBase &Builder, AtomicRMWInst *AI, Value *AlignedAddr, Value *Incr, Value *Mask, Value *ShiftAmt, AtomicOrdering Ord) const
Perform a masked atomicrmw using a target-specific intrinsic.
virtual bool areJTsAllowed(const Function *Fn) const
Return true if lowering to a jump table is allowed.
virtual LegalizeAction getCustomTruncStoreAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Returns an alternative action to use when the coarser lookups (configured through setTruncStoreAction...
bool enableExtLdPromotion() const
Return true if the target wants to use the optimization that turns ext(promotableInst1(....
virtual bool isFPExtFoldable(const MachineInstr &MI, unsigned Opcode, LLT DestTy, LLT SrcTy) const
Return true if an fpext operation input to an Opcode operation is free (for instance,...
bool isFPImmLegal(const APFloat &Imm, EVT VT, bool ForCodeSize=false) const
Returns true if the specified FP immediate can be materialized without a load from the constant pool.
void setIndexedMaskedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified indexed masked load does or does not work with the specified type and ind...
void setMaxBytesForAlignment(unsigned MaxBytes)
bool isOperationLegalOrPromote(unsigned Op, EVT VT, bool LegalOnly=false) const
Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be made legal using promotion.
void setHasExtractBitsInsn(bool hasExtractInsn=true)
Tells the code generator that the target has BitExtract instructions.
void addBypassSlowDiv(unsigned int SlowBitWidth, unsigned int FastBitWidth)
Tells the code generator which bitwidths to bypass.
virtual bool hasBitTest(SDValue X, SDValue Y) const
Return true if the target has a bit-test instruction: (X & (1 << Y)) ==/!= 0 This knowledge can be us...
MVT getRegisterType(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Return the type of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldExpandAtomicCmpXchgInIR(const AtomicCmpXchgInst *AI) const
Returns how the given atomic cmpxchg should be expanded by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
virtual bool needsFixedCatchObjects() const
virtual bool isAnyExtFree(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const
Return true is an anyext is free from FromTy to ToTy.
EVT getLegalTypeToTransformTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Perform getTypeToTransformTo repeatedly until a legal type is obtained.
virtual Value * emitLoadLinked(IRBuilderBase &Builder, Type *ValueTy, Value *Addr, AtomicOrdering Ord) const
Perform a load-linked operation on Addr, returning a "Value *" with the corresponding pointee type.
void setMaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported(unsigned SizeInBits)
Set the size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion the backend supports.
const LibcallLoweringInfo & getLibcallLoweringInfo() const
virtual unsigned getNumRegisters(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, std::optional< MVT > RegisterVT=std::nullopt) const
Return the number of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
virtual bool isCheapToSpeculateCttz(Type *Ty) const
Return true if it is cheap to speculate a call to intrinsic cttz.
unsigned getMinimumBitTestCmps() const
Retuen the minimum of largest number of comparisons in BitTest.
bool isJumpExpensive() const
Return true if Flow Control is an expensive operation that should be avoided.
virtual bool useFPRegsForHalfType() const
LegalizeAction getCondCodeAction(ISD::CondCode CC, MVT VT) const
Return how the condition code should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be expanded to some oth...
bool hasExtractBitsInsn() const
Return true if the target has BitExtract instructions.
virtual bool isLoadBitCastBeneficial(EVT LoadVT, EVT BitcastVT, const SelectionDAG &DAG, const MachineMemOperand &MMO) const
Return true if the following transform is beneficial: fold (conv (load x)) -> (load (conv*)x) On arch...
LegalizeAction getIndexedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const
Return how the indexed store should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger ...
void setIndexedLoadAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > IdxModes, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified indexed load does or does not work with the specified type and indicate w...
void setPrefLoopAlignment(Align Alignment)
Set the target's preferred loop alignment.
virtual bool areTwoSDNodeTargetMMOFlagsMergeable(const MemSDNode &NodeX, const MemSDNode &NodeY) const
Return true if it is valid to merge the TargetMMOFlags in two SDNodes.
virtual bool isCommutativeBinOp(unsigned Opcode) const
Returns true if the opcode is a commutative binary operation.
void setMaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported(unsigned SizeInBits)
Set the maximum atomic operation size supported by the backend.
LegalizeAction getTruncStoreAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Return how this store with truncation should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to ...
virtual unsigned getPreferredFPToIntOpcode(unsigned Op, EVT FromVT, EVT ToVT) const
virtual bool isExtractVecEltCheap(EVT VT, unsigned Index) const
Return true if extraction of a scalar element from the given vector type at the given index is cheap.
virtual Value * emitCanLoadSpeculatively(IRBuilderBase &Builder, Value *Ptr, Value *Size) const
Emit code to check if a speculative load of the given size from Ptr is safe.
void setOperationAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > Ops, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool optimizeFMulOrFDivAsShiftAddBitcast(SDNode *N, SDValue FPConst, SDValue IntPow2) const
SelectSupportKind
Enum that describes what type of support for selects the target has.
LegalizeAction getIndexedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const
Return how the indexed load should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger s...
virtual bool shouldTransformSignedTruncationCheck(EVT XVT, unsigned KeptBits) const
Should we tranform the IR-optimal check for whether given truncation down into KeptBits would be trun...
virtual bool isFPExtFoldable(const SelectionDAG &DAG, unsigned Opcode, EVT DestVT, EVT SrcVT) const
Return true if an fpext operation input to an Opcode operation is free (for instance,...
bool isLegalRC(const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI, const TargetRegisterClass &RC) const
Return true if the value types that can be represented by the specified register class are all legal.
virtual TargetLoweringBase::LegalizeTypeAction getPreferredVectorAction(MVT VT) const
Return the preferred vector type legalization action.
virtual bool allowTruncateForTailCall(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const
Return true if a truncation from FromTy to ToTy is permitted when deciding whether a call is in tail ...
void setAtomicLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
Let target indicate that an extending atomic load of the specified type is legal.
virtual bool shouldExtendGSIndex(EVT VT, EVT &EltTy) const
Returns true if the index type for a masked gather/scatter requires extending.
virtual unsigned getVectorTypeBreakdownForCallingConv(LLVMContext &Context, CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT, EVT &IntermediateVT, unsigned &NumIntermediates, MVT &RegisterVT) const
Certain targets such as MIPS require that some types such as vectors are always broken down into scal...
Register getStackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore() const
If a physical register, this specifies the register that llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save...
virtual StringRef getStackProbeSymbolName(const MachineFunction &MF) const
LegalizeAction getFixedPointOperationAction(unsigned Op, EVT VT, unsigned Scale) const
Some fixed point operations may be natively supported by the target but only for specific scales.
virtual bool preferScalarizeSplat(SDNode *N) const
void setVectorInterleaveAction(unsigned Opc, unsigned Factor, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate how a VECTOR_INTERLEAVE or VECTOR_DEINTERLEAVE node with the given interleave factor Factor ...
bool isIndexedMaskedLoadLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
virtual ISD::NodeType getExtendForAtomicOps() const
Returns how the platform's atomic operations are extended (ZERO_EXTEND, SIGN_EXTEND,...
Sched::Preference getSchedulingPreference() const
Return target scheduling preference.
virtual bool allowsMisalignedMemoryAccesses(EVT, unsigned AddrSpace=0, Align Alignment=Align(1), MachineMemOperand::Flags Flags=MachineMemOperand::MONone, unsigned *=nullptr) const
Determine if the target supports unaligned memory accesses.
virtual LLT getOptimalMemOpLLT(const MemOp &Op, const AttributeList &) const
LLT returning variant.
void setMinFunctionAlignment(Align Alignment)
Set the target's minimum function alignment.
bool isOperationCustom(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
Return true if the operation uses custom lowering, regardless of whether the type is legal or not.
virtual ExtractSubvectorCost getExtractSubvectorCost(EVT ResVT, EVT SrcVT, unsigned Index) const
Return the cost of extracting a subvector of type ResVT from a vector of type SrcVT,...
virtual void emitExpandAtomicRMW(AtomicRMWInst *AI) const
Perform a atomicrmw expansion using a target-specific way.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemsetOptSize
Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
virtual bool reduceSelectOfFPConstantLoads(EVT CmpOpVT) const
Return true if it is profitable to convert a select of FP constants into a constant pool load whose a...
bool hasBigEndianPartOrdering(EVT VT, const DataLayout &DL) const
When splitting a value of the specified type into parts, does the Lo or Hi part come first?
virtual bool hasStackProbeSymbol(const MachineFunction &MF) const
Returns the name of the symbol used to emit stack probes or the empty string if not applicable.
bool isSlowDivBypassed() const
Returns true if target has indicated at least one type should be bypassed.
virtual Align getABIAlignmentForCallingConv(Type *ArgTy, const DataLayout &DL) const
Certain targets have context sensitive alignment requirements, where one type has the alignment requi...
virtual bool isMulAddWithConstProfitable(SDValue AddNode, SDValue ConstNode) const
Return true if it may be profitable to transform (mul (add x, c1), c2) -> (add (mul x,...
virtual bool shouldExtendTypeInLibCall(EVT Type) const
Returns true if arguments should be extended in lib calls.
void setBooleanContents(BooleanContent Ty)
Specify how the target extends the result of integer and floating point boolean values from i1 to a w...
void setVectorInterleaveAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > Opcodes, ArrayRef< unsigned > Factors, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
bool isPartialReduceMLALegalOrCustom(unsigned Opc, EVT AccVT, EVT InputVT) const
Return true if a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with the specified types is legal or custom for this targ...
virtual bool isFsqrtCheap(SDValue X, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
Return true if SQRT(X) shouldn't be replaced with X*RSQRT(X).
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemmove
Specify maximum number of store instructions per memmove call.
virtual bool shouldNormalizeToSelectSequence(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, EVT CCVT) const
Returns true if we should normalize select(N0&N1, X, Y) => select(N0, select(N1, X,...
bool isSuitableForBitTests(const DenseMap< const BasicBlock *, unsigned int > &DestCmps, const APInt &Low, const APInt &High, const DataLayout &DL) const
Return true if lowering to a bit test is suitable for a set of case clusters which contains NumDests ...
virtual bool shouldExpandGetActiveLaneMask(EVT VT, EVT OpVT) const
Return true if the @llvm.get.active.lane.mask intrinsic should be expanded using generic code in Sele...
virtual bool shallExtractConstSplatVectorElementToStore(Type *VectorTy, unsigned ElemSizeInBits, unsigned &Index) const
Return true if the target shall perform extract vector element and store given that the vector is kno...
virtual bool isTruncateFree(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const
Return true if it's free to truncate a value of type FromTy to type ToTy.
virtual bool hasMultipleConditionRegisters(EVT VT) const
Does the target have multiple (allocatable) condition registers that can be used to store the results...
unsigned getMaxExpandSizeMemcmp(bool OptSize) const
Get maximum # of load operations permitted for memcmp.
bool isStrictFPEnabled() const
Return true if the target support strict float operation.
virtual bool shouldAvoidTransformToShift(EVT VT, unsigned Amount) const
Return true if creating a shift of the type by the given amount is not profitable.
virtual bool shouldPreservePtrArith(const Function &F, EVT PtrVT) const
True if target has some particular form of dealing with pointer arithmetic semantics for pointers wit...
virtual bool isFPExtFree(EVT DestVT, EVT SrcVT) const
Return true if an fpext operation is free (for instance, because single-precision floating-point numb...
virtual EVT getSetCCResultType(const DataLayout &DL, LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Return the ValueType of the result of SETCC operations.
virtual bool lowerInterleavedStore(Instruction *Store, Value *Mask, ShuffleVectorInst *SVI, unsigned Factor, const APInt &GapMask) const
Lower an interleaved store to target specific intrinsics.
virtual EVT getTypeToTransformTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
For types supported by the target, this is an identity function.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemmoveOptSize
Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
virtual bool shouldFoldSelectWithSingleBitTest(EVT VT, const APInt &AndMask) const
MVT getSimpleValueType(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, bool AllowUnknown=false) const
Return the MVT corresponding to this LLVM type. See getValueType.
BooleanContent getBooleanContents(bool isVec, bool isFloat) const
For targets without i1 registers, this gives the nature of the high-bits of boolean values held in ty...
bool isVectorInterleaveLegalOrCustom(unsigned Opc, unsigned Factor, EVT VT) const
Return true if a VECTOR_INTERLEAVE or VECTOR_DEINTERLEAVE node with the given interleave factor and f...
LegalizeAction getVectorInterleaveAction(unsigned Opc, unsigned Factor, EVT VT) const
Return how a VECTOR_INTERLEAVE or VECTOR_DEINTERLEAVE node with the given interleave factor and VT sh...
virtual bool shouldReassociateReduction(unsigned RedOpc, EVT VT) const
void addRegisterClass(MVT VT, const TargetRegisterClass *RC)
Add the specified register class as an available regclass for the specified value type.
virtual CondMergingParams getJumpConditionMergingParams(Instruction::BinaryOps, const Value *, const Value *, const Function *) const
bool isCondCodeLegal(ISD::CondCode CC, MVT VT) const
Return true if the specified condition code is legal for a comparison of the specified types on this ...
virtual bool canCombineStoreAndExtract(Type *VectorTy, Value *Idx, unsigned &Cost) const
Return true if the target can combine store(extractelement VectorTy,Idx).
bool isTypeLegal(EVT VT) const
Return true if the target has native support for the specified value type.
virtual bool shouldFoldConstantShiftPairToMask(const SDNode *N) const
Return true if it is profitable to fold a pair of shifts into a mask.
MVT getProgramPointerTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
Return the type for code pointers, which is determined by the program address space specified through...
void setIndexedStoreAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > IdxModes, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified indexed store does or does not work with the specified type and indicate ...
ExtractSubvectorCost
Enum that specifies how expensive lowering an EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR is.
virtual void emitAtomicCmpXchgNoStoreLLBalance(IRBuilderBase &Builder) const
void setSupportsUnalignedAtomics(bool UnalignedSupported)
Sets whether unaligned atomic operations are supported.
void setLoadExtAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, ArrayRef< MVT > MemVTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual void emitExpandAtomicStore(StoreInst *SI) const
Perform a atomic store using a target-specific way.
virtual bool preferIncOfAddToSubOfNot(EVT VT) const
These two forms are equivalent: sub y, (xor x, -1) add (add x, 1), y The variant with two add's is IR...
virtual bool ShouldShrinkFPConstant(EVT) const
If true, then instruction selection should seek to shrink the FP constant of the specified type to a ...
virtual MVT getPointerTy(const DataLayout &DL, uint32_t AS=0) const
Return the pointer type for the given address space, defaults to the pointer type from the data layou...
void setPrefFunctionAlignment(Align Alignment)
Set the target's preferred function alignment.
unsigned getMaxDivRemBitWidthSupported() const
Returns the size in bits of the maximum div/rem the backend supports.
virtual bool isLegalAddImmediate(int64_t) const
Return true if the specified immediate is legal add immediate, that is the target has add instruction...
virtual unsigned getMaxSupportedInterleaveFactor() const
Get the maximum supported factor for interleaved memory accesses.
virtual FPImmAction getFPImmAction(const APFloat &, LLT, bool ForCodeSize=false) const
Returns how the legalizer should materialize the specified FP immediate.
bool isOperationLegal(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target.
virtual bool shouldKeepZExtForFP16Conv() const
Does this target require the clearing of high-order bits in a register passed to the fp16 to fp conve...
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldCastAtomicRMWIInIR(AtomicRMWInst *RMWI) const
Returns how the given atomic atomicrmw should be cast by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
void setIndexedMaskedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified indexed masked store does or does not work with the specified type and in...
virtual bool canTransformPtrArithOutOfBounds(const Function &F, EVT PtrVT) const
True if the target allows transformations of in-bounds pointer arithmetic that cause out-of-bounds in...
virtual bool shouldConsiderGEPOffsetSplit() const
const ValueTypeActionImpl & getValueTypeActions() const
virtual bool canCombineTruncStore(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, bool LegalOnly) const
TargetLoweringBase(const TargetMachine &TM, const TargetSubtargetInfo &STI)
NOTE: The TargetMachine owns TLOF.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemset
Specify maximum number of store instructions per memset call.
virtual bool isTruncateFree(SDValue Val, EVT VT2) const
Return true if truncating the specific node Val to type VT2 is free.
virtual bool isProfitableToCombineMinNumMaxNum(EVT VT) const
virtual unsigned getCustomCtpopCost(EVT VT, ISD::CondCode Cond) const
Return the maximum number of "x & (x - 1)" operations that can be done instead of deferring to a cust...
virtual bool shouldProduceAndByConstByHoistingConstFromShiftsLHSOfAnd(SDValue X, ConstantSDNode *XC, ConstantSDNode *CC, SDValue Y, unsigned OldShiftOpcode, unsigned NewShiftOpcode, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
Given the pattern (X & (C l>>/<< Y)) ==/!= 0 return true if it should be transformed into: ((X <</l>>...
virtual bool shouldInsertTrailingSeqCstFenceForAtomicStore(const Instruction *I) const
Whether AtomicExpandPass should automatically insert a seq_cst trailing fence without reducing the or...
virtual bool isFNegFree(EVT VT) const
Return true if an fneg operation is free to the point where it is never worthwhile to replace it with...
void setPartialReduceMLAAction(unsigned Opc, MVT AccVT, MVT InputVT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate how a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with Acc type AccVT and Input type InputVT should be treate...
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldExpandAtomicLoadInIR(LoadInst *LI) const
Returns how the given (atomic) load should be expanded by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
FPImmAction
How the legalizer should materialize a floating-point immediate.
@ ConstantPool
Load the immediate from the constant pool.
@ Bitcast
Build the immediate as a bitcast of an integer constant with the same bits.
void setTruncStoreAction(MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified truncating store does not work with the specified type and indicate what ...
bool isExtFree(const Instruction *I) const
Return true if the extension represented by I is free.
virtual MVT getFenceOperandTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
Return the type for operands of fence.
virtual Value * emitMaskedAtomicCmpXchgIntrinsic(IRBuilderBase &Builder, AtomicCmpXchgInst *CI, Value *AlignedAddr, Value *CmpVal, Value *NewVal, Value *Mask, AtomicOrdering Ord) const
Perform a masked cmpxchg using a target-specific intrinsic.
virtual bool isZExtFree(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const
virtual ISD::NodeType getExtendForAtomicCmpSwapArg() const
Returns how the platform's atomic compare and swap expects its comparison value to be extended (ZERO_...
virtual bool shouldFoldSelectWithIdentityConstant(unsigned BinOpcode, EVT VT, unsigned SelectOpcode, SDValue X, SDValue Y) const
Return true if pulling a binary operation into a select with an identity constant is profitable.
BooleanContent
Enum that describes how the target represents true/false values.
virtual bool shouldExpandGetVectorLength(EVT CountVT, unsigned VF, bool IsScalable) const
virtual bool isIntDivCheap(EVT VT, AttributeList Attr) const
Return true if integer divide is usually cheaper than a sequence of several shifts,...
virtual ShiftLegalizationStrategy preferredShiftLegalizationStrategy(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDNode *N, unsigned ExpansionFactor) const
virtual uint8_t getRepRegClassCostFor(MVT VT) const
Return the cost of the 'representative' register class for the specified value type.
virtual bool isZExtFree(LLT FromTy, LLT ToTy, LLVMContext &Ctx) const
bool isOperationLegalOrCustom(unsigned Op, EVT VT, bool LegalOnly=false) const
Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be made legal with custom lower...
LegalizeAction getPartialReduceMLAAction(unsigned Opc, EVT AccVT, EVT InputVT) const
Return how a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with Acc type AccVT and Input type InputVT should be treated.
bool isPredictableSelectExpensive() const
Return true if selects are only cheaper than branches if the branch is unlikely to be predicted right...
virtual bool mergeStoresAfterLegalization(EVT MemVT) const
Allow store merging for the specified type after legalization in addition to before legalization.
unsigned getVectorTypeBreakdown(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, EVT &IntermediateVT, unsigned &NumIntermediates, MVT &RegisterVT) const
Vector types are broken down into some number of legal first class types.
virtual bool shouldIssueAtomicLoadForAtomicEmulationLoop(void) const
virtual bool shouldMergeStoreOfLoadsOverCall(EVT, EVT) const
Returns true if it's profitable to allow merging store of loads when there are functions calls betwee...
virtual bool isProfitableToHoist(Instruction *I) const
unsigned getGatherAllAliasesMaxDepth() const
virtual LegalizeAction getCustomOperationAction(SDNode &Op) const
How to legalize this custom operation?
virtual bool isFMAFasterThanFMulAndFAdd(const Function &F, Type *) const
IR version.
virtual bool hasAndNotCompare(SDValue Y) const
Return true if the target should transform: (X & Y) == Y ---> (~X & Y) == 0 (X & Y) !...
virtual bool storeOfVectorConstantIsCheap(bool IsZero, EVT MemVT, unsigned NumElem, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Return true if it is expected to be cheaper to do a store of vector constant with the given size and ...
unsigned MaxLoadsPerMemcmpOptSize
Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
virtual MVT hasFastEqualityCompare(unsigned NumBits) const
Return the preferred operand type if the target has a quick way to compare integer values of the give...
virtual const TargetRegisterClass * getRepRegClassFor(MVT VT) const
Return the 'representative' register class for the specified value type.
virtual bool isNarrowingProfitable(SDNode *N, EVT SrcVT, EVT DestVT) const
Return true if it's profitable to narrow operations of type SrcVT to DestVT.
LegalizeAction getLoadAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const
Return how this load with extension should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a ...
virtual bool isMultiStoresCheaperThanBitsMerge(EVT LTy, EVT HTy) const
Return true if it is cheaper to split the store of a merged int val from a pair of smaller values int...
bool shouldUseDynamicVectorTypeBreakdown(EVT VT, bool ForCallingConv) const
TargetLoweringBase(const TargetLoweringBase &)=delete
EVT getTypeToWidenTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
For vector types that are widened, this returns the type reached by widening repeatedly,...
virtual unsigned getMaxGluedStoresPerMemcpy() const
Get maximum # of store operations to be glued together.
virtual bool isBinOp(unsigned Opcode) const
Return true if the node is a math/logic binary operator.
virtual bool shouldFoldMaskToVariableShiftPair(SDValue X) const
There are two ways to clear extreme bits (either low or high): Mask: x & (-1 << y) (the instcombine c...
virtual bool alignLoopsWithOptSize() const
Should loops be aligned even when the function is marked OptSize (but not MinSize).
unsigned getMaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported() const
Returns the maximum atomic operation size (in bits) supported by the backend.
virtual FPImmAction getFPImmAction(const APFloat &, EVT, bool ForCodeSize=false) const
Returns how the legalizer should materialize the specified FP immediate.
bool isIndexedLoadLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
void setMinCmpXchgSizeInBits(unsigned SizeInBits)
Sets the minimum cmpxchg or ll/sc size supported by the backend.
virtual bool canMergeStoresTo(unsigned AS, EVT MemVT, const MachineFunction &MF) const
Returns if it's reasonable to merge stores to MemVT size.
void setPartialReduceMLAAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > Opcodes, MVT AccVT, MVT InputVT, LegalizeAction Action)
LegalizeAction getStrictFPOperationAction(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
void setStackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore(Register R)
If set to a physical register, this specifies the register that llvm.savestack/llvm....
virtual bool preferABDSToABSWithNSW(EVT VT) const
void AddPromotedToType(unsigned Opc, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT)
If Opc/OrigVT is specified as being promoted, the promotion code defaults to trying a larger integer/...
virtual bool getAddrModeArguments(const IntrinsicInst *, SmallVectorImpl< Value * > &, Type *&) const
CodeGenPrepare sinks address calculations into the same BB as Load/Store instructions reading the add...
virtual bool hasInlineStackProbe(const MachineFunction &MF) const
AtomicExpansionKind
Enum that specifies what an atomic load/AtomicRMWInst is expanded to, if at all.
void setCondCodeAction(ArrayRef< ISD::CondCode > CCs, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified condition code is or isn't supported on the target and indicate what to d...
void setBooleanContents(BooleanContent IntTy, BooleanContent FloatTy)
Specify how the target extends the result of integer and floating point boolean values from i1 to a w...
const DenseMap< unsigned int, unsigned int > & getBypassSlowDivWidths() const
Returns map of slow types for division or remainder with corresponding fast types.
void setOperationPromotedToType(ArrayRef< unsigned > Ops, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT)
unsigned getMaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported() const
Returns the size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion the backend supports.
virtual bool isFMAFasterThanFMulAndFAdd(const MachineFunction &MF, LLT) const
Return true if an FMA operation is faster than a pair of fmul and fadd instructions.
virtual bool isTruncateFree(EVT FromVT, EVT ToVT) const
bool isTruncStoreLegal(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Return true if the specified store with truncation is legal on this target.
virtual bool isCheapToSpeculateCtlz(Type *Ty) const
Return true if it is cheap to speculate a call to intrinsic ctlz.
virtual void getTgtMemIntrinsic(SmallVectorImpl< IntrinsicInfo > &Infos, const CallBase &I, MachineFunction &MF, unsigned Intrinsic) const
Given an intrinsic, checks if on the target the intrinsic will need to map to a MemIntrinsicNode (tou...
virtual bool signExtendConstant(const ConstantInt *C) const
Return true if this constant should be sign extended when promoting to a larger type.
virtual bool lowerInterleaveIntrinsicToStore(Instruction *Store, Value *Mask, ArrayRef< Value * > InterleaveValues) const
Lower an interleave intrinsic to a target specific store intrinsic.
virtual bool isTruncateFree(LLT FromTy, LLT ToTy, LLVMContext &Ctx) const
AndOrSETCCFoldKind
Enum of different potentially desirable ways to fold (and/or (setcc ...), (setcc ....
virtual bool shouldScalarizeBinop(SDValue VecOp) const
Try to convert an extract element of a vector binary operation into an extract element followed by a ...
Align getPrefFunctionAlignment() const
Return the preferred function alignment.
RTLIB::LibcallImpl getLibcallImpl(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const
Get the libcall impl routine name for the specified libcall.
virtual void emitExpandAtomicLoad(LoadInst *LI) const
Perform a atomic load using a target-specific way.
Align getMinFunctionAlignment() const
Return the minimum function alignment.
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldExpandAtomicStoreInIR(StoreInst *SI) const
Returns how the given (atomic) store should be expanded by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass into.
virtual bool preferVectorizedNonPowerOfTwoTypeBreakdown() const
Return true if fixed-length, non-power-of-two vectors should be broken down into legal vector parts i...
static StringRef getLibcallImplName(RTLIB::LibcallImpl Call)
Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall implementation.
void setTargetDAGCombine(ArrayRef< ISD::NodeType > NTs)
Targets should invoke this method for each target independent node that they want to provide a custom...
virtual bool isCtlzFast() const
Return true if ctlz instruction is fast.
virtual bool useSoftFloat() const
virtual bool isStoreBitCastBeneficial(EVT StoreVT, EVT BitcastVT, const SelectionDAG &DAG, const MachineMemOperand &MMO) const
Return true if the following transform is beneficial: (store (y (conv x)), y*)) -> (store x,...
BooleanContent getBooleanContents(EVT Type) const
virtual LegalizeAction getCustomLoadAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const
Returns an alternative action to use when the coarser lookups (configured through setLoadExtAction an...
bool isIndexedMaskedStoreLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
virtual int64_t getPreferredLargeGEPBaseOffset(int64_t MinOffset, int64_t MaxOffset) const
Return the prefered common base offset.
virtual bool isVectorClearMaskLegal(ArrayRef< int >, EVT) const
Similar to isShuffleMaskLegal.
LegalizeKind getTypeConversion(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Return pair that represents the legalization kind (first) that needs to happen to EVT (second) in ord...
Align getMinStackArgumentAlignment() const
Return the minimum stack alignment of an argument.
virtual bool shouldUseStrictFP_TO_INT(EVT FpVT, EVT IntVT, bool IsSigned) const
Return true if it is more correct/profitable to use strict FP_TO_INT conversion operations - canonica...
void setLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified load with extension does not work with the specified type and indicate wh...
bool hasTargetDAGCombine(ISD::NodeType NT) const
If true, the target has custom DAG combine transformations that it can perform for the specified node...
void setLibcallImpl(RTLIB::Libcall Call, RTLIB::LibcallImpl Impl)
virtual bool fallBackToDAGISel(const Instruction &Inst) const
unsigned GatherAllAliasesMaxDepth
Depth that GatherAllAliases should continue looking for chain dependencies when trying to find a more...
virtual bool shouldSplatInsEltVarIndex(EVT) const
Return true if inserting a scalar into a variable element of an undef vector is more efficiently hand...
LegalizeAction getIndexedMaskedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const
Return how the indexed load should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger s...
NegatibleCost
Enum that specifies when a float negation is beneficial.
LegalizeTypeAction getTypeAction(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Return how we should legalize values of this type, either it is already legal (return 'Legal') or we ...
virtual unsigned preferedOpcodeForCmpEqPiecesOfOperand(EVT VT, unsigned ShiftOpc, bool MayTransformRotate, const APInt &ShiftOrRotateAmt, const std::optional< APInt > &AndMask) const
virtual bool fenceClearsLoadLinkedReservation() const
Whether a fence between the load-linked and the store-conditional can clear the reservation.
virtual void emitCmpArithAtomicRMWIntrinsic(AtomicRMWInst *AI) const
Perform a atomicrmw which the result is only used by comparison, using a target-specific intrinsic.
virtual bool shouldSignExtendTypeInLibCall(Type *Ty, bool IsSigned) const
Returns true if arguments should be sign-extended in lib calls.
virtual bool optimizeVectorCrossLaneOperation(Instruction *I, Loop *L) const
virtual bool isFMADLegal(const MachineInstr &MI, LLT Ty) const
Returns true if MI can be combined with another instruction to form TargetOpcode::G_FMAD.
void setCondCodeAction(ArrayRef< ISD::CondCode > CCs, ArrayRef< MVT > VTs, LegalizeAction Action)
const char * getLibcallName(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const
Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall.
virtual bool isLegalAddScalableImmediate(int64_t) const
Return true if adding the specified scalable immediate is legal, that is the target has add instructi...
std::vector< ArgListEntry > ArgListTy
virtual bool shouldAlignPointerArgs(CallInst *, unsigned &, Align &) const
Return true if the pointer arguments to CI should be aligned by aligning the object whose address is ...
virtual bool hasVectorBlend() const
Return true if the target has a vector blend instruction.
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldCastAtomicStoreInIR(StoreInst *SI) const
Returns how the given (atomic) store should be cast by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass into.
bool isTruncStoreLegalOrCustom(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Return true if the specified store with truncation has solution on this target.
void setIndexedStoreAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > IdxModes, ArrayRef< MVT > VTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool aggressivelyPreferBuildVectorSources(EVT VecVT) const
virtual Register getExceptionPointerRegister(ExceptionHandling EH, const Constant *PersonalityFn) const
If a physical register, this returns the register that receives the exception address on entry to an ...
virtual MachineMemOperand::Flags getTargetMMOFlags(const MemSDNode &Node) const
This callback is used to inspect load/store SDNode.
virtual EVT getOptimalMemOpType(LLVMContext &Context, const MemOp &Op, const AttributeList &) const
Returns the target specific optimal type for load and store operations as a result of memset,...
virtual Type * shouldConvertSplatType(ShuffleVectorInst *SVI) const
Given a shuffle vector SVI representing a vector splat, return a new scalar type of size equal to SVI...
virtual bool isZExtFree(SDValue Val, EVT VT2) const
Return true if zero-extending the specific node Val to type VT2 is free (either because it's implicit...
void setAtomicLoadExtAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool shouldRemoveExtendFromGSIndex(SDValue Extend, EVT DataVT) const
virtual LLVM_READONLY LLT getPreferredShiftAmountTy(LLT ShiftValueTy) const
Return the preferred type to use for a shift opcode, given the shifted amount type is ShiftValueTy.
bool isBeneficialToExpandPowI(int64_t Exponent, bool OptForSize) const
Return true if it is beneficial to expand an @llvm.powi.
LLT getVectorIdxLLT(const DataLayout &DL) const
Returns the type to be used for the index operand of: G_INSERT_VECTOR_ELT, G_EXTRACT_VECTOR_ELT,...
virtual EVT getAsmOperandValueType(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, bool AllowUnknown=false) const
void setIndexedLoadAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > IdxModes, ArrayRef< MVT > VTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldCastAtomicLoadInIR(LoadInst *LI) const
Returns how the given (atomic) load should be cast by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
bool isCondCodeLegalOrCustom(ISD::CondCode CC, MVT VT) const
Return true if the specified condition code is legal or custom for a comparison of the specified type...
virtual bool isComplexDeinterleavingSupported() const
Does this target support complex deinterleaving.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemcpy
Specify maximum number of store instructions per memcpy call.
MVT getFrameIndexTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
Return the type for frame index, which is determined by the alloca address space specified through th...
virtual MVT getPointerMemTy(const DataLayout &DL, uint32_t AS=0) const
Return the in-memory pointer type for the given address space, defaults to the pointer type from the ...
bool isLoadLegal(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const
Return true if the specified load with extension is legal on this target.
void setSchedulingPreference(Sched::Preference Pref)
Specify the target scheduling preference.
virtual bool addressingModeSupportsTLS(const GlobalValue &) const
Returns true if the targets addressing mode can target thread local storage (TLS).
bool isLoadLegalOrCustom(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const
Return true if the specified load with extension is legal or custom on this target.
virtual bool shouldConvertPhiType(Type *From, Type *To) const
Given a set in interconnected phis of type 'From' that are loaded/stored or bitcast to type 'To',...
virtual bool isFAbsFree(EVT VT) const
Return true if an fabs operation is free to the point where it is never worthwhile to replace it with...
virtual bool isLegalStoreImmediate(int64_t Value) const
Return true if the specified immediate is legal for the value input of a store instruction.
virtual bool preferZeroCompareBranch() const
Return true if the heuristic to prefer icmp eq zero should be used in code gen prepare.
LegalizeAction getOperationAction(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
Return how this operation should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger siz...
virtual bool lowerInterleavedLoad(Instruction *Load, Value *Mask, ArrayRef< ShuffleVectorInst * > Shuffles, ArrayRef< unsigned > Indices, unsigned Factor, const APInt &GapMask) const
Lower an interleaved load to target specific intrinsics.
virtual unsigned getVectorIdxWidth(const DataLayout &DL) const
Returns the type to be used for the index operand vector operations.
MVT getTypeToPromoteTo(unsigned Op, MVT VT) const
If the action for this operation is to promote, this method returns the ValueType to promote to.
virtual bool generateFMAsInMachineCombiner(EVT VT, CodeGenOptLevel OptLevel) const
virtual LoadInst * lowerIdempotentRMWIntoFencedLoad(AtomicRMWInst *RMWI) const
On some platforms, an AtomicRMW that never actually modifies the value (such as fetch_add of 0) can b...
virtual bool isLegalAddressingMode(const DataLayout &DL, const AddrMode &AM, Type *Ty, unsigned AddrSpace, Instruction *I=nullptr) const
Return true if the addressing mode represented by AM is legal for this target, for a load/store of th...
virtual bool hasPairedLoad(EVT, Align &) const
Return true if the target supplies and combines to a paired load two loaded values of type LoadedType...
virtual bool convertSelectOfConstantsToMath(EVT VT) const
Return true if a select of constants (select Cond, C1, C2) should be transformed into simple math ops...
bool isOperationLegalOrCustomOrPromote(unsigned Op, EVT VT, bool LegalOnly=false) const
Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be made legal with custom lower...
virtual bool optimizeExtendOrTruncateConversion(Instruction *I, Loop *L, const TargetTransformInfo &TTI) const
Try to optimize extending or truncating conversion instructions (like zext, trunc,...
virtual MVT getVPExplicitVectorLengthTy() const
Returns the type to be used for the EVL/AVL operand of VP nodes: ISD::VP_UDIV, ISD::VP_SDIV,...
std::pair< LegalizeTypeAction, EVT > LegalizeKind
LegalizeKind holds the legalization kind that needs to happen to EVT in order to type-legalize it.
TargetLoweringBase & operator=(const TargetLoweringBase &)=delete
MulExpansionKind
Enum that specifies when a multiplication should be expanded.
static ISD::NodeType getExtendForContent(BooleanContent Content)
const RTLIB::RuntimeLibcallsInfo & getRuntimeLibcallsInfo() const
virtual bool shouldConvertFpToSat(unsigned Op, EVT FPVT, EVT VT) const
Should we generate fp_to_si_sat and fp_to_ui_sat from type FPVT to type VT.
virtual bool supportKCFIBundles() const
Return true if the target supports kcfi operand bundles.
virtual ConstraintWeight getMultipleConstraintMatchWeight(AsmOperandInfo &info, int maIndex) const
Examine constraint type and operand type and determine a weight value.
SmallVector< ConstraintPair > ConstraintGroup
virtual SDValue getSqrtEstimate(SDValue Operand, SelectionDAG &DAG, int Enabled, int &RefinementSteps, bool &UseOneConstNR, bool Reciprocal) const
Hooks for building estimates in place of slower divisions and square roots.
virtual bool isDesirableToCommuteWithShift(const MachineInstr &MI, bool IsAfterLegal) const
GlobalISel - return true if it is profitable to move this shift by a constant amount through its oper...
virtual bool supportPtrAuthBundles() const
Return true if the target supports ptrauth operand bundles.
virtual void ReplaceNodeResults(SDNode *, SmallVectorImpl< SDValue > &, SelectionDAG &) const
This callback is invoked when a node result type is illegal for the target, and the operation was reg...
virtual bool isUsedByReturnOnly(SDNode *, SDValue &) const
Return true if result of the specified node is used by a return node only.
virtual bool supportSwiftError() const
Return true if the target supports swifterror attribute.
virtual SDValue visitMaskedLoad(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue Chain, MachineMemOperand *MMO, SDValue &NewLoad, SDValue Ptr, SDValue PassThru, SDValue Mask) const
virtual unsigned getPreferredShrunkVectorSizeInBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts) const
If only low elements of a vector are demanded, shrink the operation to the returned size in bits by c...
SDValue getNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize, unsigned Depth=0) const
This is the helper function to return the newly negated expression if the cost is not expensive.
virtual bool isProfitableToFoldVScaleAdd(SDValue N) const
fold (A + vscale(C1)) + vscale(C2) -> A + vscale(C1+C2) If (A + vscale(C1)) is used multiple times,...
virtual bool isReassocProfitable(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue N0, SDValue N1) const
virtual bool isTypeDesirableForOp(SDNode *N, EVT VT) const
Overload that takes the specific node being optimized.
virtual EVT getTypeForExtReturn(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, ISD::NodeType) const
Return the type that should be used to zero or sign extend a zeroext/signext integer return value.
SDValue getCheaperOrNeutralNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize, const NegatibleCost CostThreshold=NegatibleCost::Neutral, unsigned Depth=0) const
virtual Register getRegisterByName(const char *RegName, LLT Ty, const MachineFunction &MF) const
Return the register ID of the name passed in.
virtual InlineAsm::ConstraintCode getInlineAsmMemConstraint(StringRef ConstraintCode) const
virtual bool targetShrinkDemandedConstant(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits, const APInt &DemandedElts, TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const
std::vector< AsmOperandInfo > AsmOperandInfoVector
virtual bool isTargetCanonicalConstantNode(SDValue Op) const
Returns true if the given Opc is considered a canonical constant for the target, which should not be ...
virtual bool isTargetCanonicalSelect(SDNode *N) const
Return true if the given select/vselect should be considered canonical and not be transformed.
SDValue getCheaperNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize, unsigned Depth=0) const
This is the helper function to return the newly negated expression only when the cost is cheaper.
virtual SDValue prepareVolatileOrAtomicLoad(SDValue Chain, const SDLoc &DL, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
This callback is used to prepare for a volatile or atomic load.
virtual SDValue emitStackGuardMixFP(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue Val, const SDLoc &DL) const
virtual SDValue lowerEHPadEntry(SDValue Chain, const SDLoc &DL, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
Optional target hook to add target-specific actions when entering EH pad blocks.
virtual ConstraintType getConstraintType(StringRef Constraint) const
Given a constraint, return the type of constraint it is for this target.
virtual SDValue unwrapAddress(SDValue N) const
virtual bool splitValueIntoRegisterParts(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue Val, SDValue *Parts, unsigned NumParts, MVT PartVT, std::optional< CallingConv::ID > CC) const
Target-specific splitting of values into parts that fit a register storing a legal type.
virtual bool IsDesirableToPromoteOp(SDValue, EVT &) const
This method query the target whether it is beneficial for dag combiner to promote the specified node.
virtual SDValue joinRegisterPartsIntoValue(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, const SDValue *Parts, unsigned NumParts, MVT PartVT, EVT ValueVT, std::optional< CallingConv::ID > CC) const
Target-specific combining of register parts into its original value.
virtual void insertCopiesSplitCSR(MachineBasicBlock *Entry, const SmallVectorImpl< MachineBasicBlock * > &Exits) const
Insert explicit copies in entry and exit blocks.
virtual SDValue LowerCall(CallLoweringInfo &, SmallVectorImpl< SDValue > &) const
This hook must be implemented to lower calls into the specified DAG.
virtual bool isTypeDesirableForOp(unsigned, EVT VT) const
Return true if the target has native support for the specified value type and it is 'desirable' to us...
~TargetLowering() override
TargetLowering & operator=(const TargetLowering &)=delete
virtual bool isDesirableToPullExtFromShl(const MachineInstr &MI) const
GlobalISel - return true if it's profitable to perform the combine: shl ([sza]ext x),...
bool isPositionIndependent() const
std::pair< StringRef, TargetLowering::ConstraintType > ConstraintPair
virtual bool supportsInlineAsmFuncOperands() const
Return true if a function used as an inline asm address operand (e.g.
virtual SDValue getNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize, NegatibleCost &Cost, unsigned Depth=0) const
Return the newly negated expression if the cost is not expensive and set the cost in Cost to indicate...
virtual ConstraintWeight getSingleConstraintMatchWeight(AsmOperandInfo &info, const char *constraint) const
Examine constraint string and operand type and determine a weight value.
virtual bool isIndexingLegal(MachineInstr &MI, Register Base, Register Offset, bool IsPre, MachineRegisterInfo &MRI) const
Returns true if the specified base+offset is a legal indexed addressing mode for this target.
ConstraintGroup getConstraintPreferences(AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo) const
Given an OpInfo with list of constraints codes as strings, return a sorted Vector of pairs of constra...
virtual void initializeSplitCSR(MachineBasicBlock *Entry) const
Perform necessary initialization to handle a subset of CSRs explicitly via copies.
virtual bool isSDNodeSourceOfDivergence(const SDNode *N, FunctionLoweringInfo *FLI, UniformityInfo *UA) const
virtual SDValue getRecipEstimate(SDValue Operand, SelectionDAG &DAG, int Enabled, int &RefinementSteps) const
Return a reciprocal estimate value for the input operand.
virtual std::pair< unsigned, const TargetRegisterClass * > getRegForInlineAsmConstraint(const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI, StringRef Constraint, MVT VT) const
Given a physical register constraint (e.g.
virtual bool isSDNodeAlwaysUniform(const SDNode *N) const
virtual bool isDesirableToCommuteXorWithShift(const SDNode *N) const
Return true if it is profitable to combine an XOR of a logical shift to create a logical shift of NOT...
TargetLowering(const TargetLowering &)=delete
virtual bool shouldSimplifyDemandedVectorElts(SDValue Op, const TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const
Return true if the target supports simplifying demanded vector elements by converting them to undefs.
virtual SDValue LowerFormalArguments(SDValue, CallingConv::ID, bool, const SmallVectorImpl< ISD::InputArg > &, const SDLoc &, SelectionDAG &, SmallVectorImpl< SDValue > &) const
This hook must be implemented to lower the incoming (formal) arguments, described by the Ins array,...
virtual AsmOperandInfoVector ParseConstraints(const DataLayout &DL, const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI, const CallBase &Call) const
Split up the constraint string from the inline assembly value into the specific constraints and their...
virtual SDValue getSqrtResultForDenormInput(SDValue Operand, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
Return a target-dependent result if the input operand is not suitable for use with a square root esti...
virtual bool getPostIndexedAddressParts(SDNode *, SDNode *, SDValue &, SDValue &, ISD::MemIndexedMode &, SelectionDAG &) const
Returns true by value, base pointer and offset pointer and addressing mode by reference if this node ...
virtual bool shouldSplitFunctionArgumentsAsLittleEndian(const DataLayout &DL) const
For most targets, an LLVM type must be broken down into multiple smaller types.
virtual ArrayRef< MCPhysReg > getRoundingControlRegisters() const
Returns a 0 terminated array of rounding control registers that can be attached into strict FP call.
virtual SDValue LowerReturn(SDValue, CallingConv::ID, bool, const SmallVectorImpl< ISD::OutputArg > &, const SmallVectorImpl< SDValue > &, const SDLoc &, SelectionDAG &) const
This hook must be implemented to lower outgoing return values, described by the Outs array,...
virtual bool functionArgumentNeedsConsecutiveRegisters(Type *Ty, CallingConv::ID CallConv, bool isVarArg, const DataLayout &DL) const
For some targets, an LLVM struct type must be broken down into multiple simple types,...
virtual bool isDesirableToCommuteWithShift(const SDNode *N, CombineLevel Level) const
Return true if it is profitable to move this shift by a constant amount through its operand,...
virtual void ComputeConstraintToUse(AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo, SDValue Op, SelectionDAG *DAG=nullptr) const
Determines the constraint code and constraint type to use for the specific AsmOperandInfo,...
virtual SDValue visitMaskedStore(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue Chain, MachineMemOperand *MMO, SDValue Ptr, SDValue Val, SDValue Mask) const
virtual const MCExpr * LowerCustomJumpTableEntry(const MachineJumpTableInfo *, const MachineBasicBlock *, unsigned, MCContext &) const
virtual bool useTopologicalSorting() const
virtual bool useLoadStackGuardNode(const Module &M) const
If this function returns true, SelectionDAGBuilder emits a LOAD_STACK_GUARD node when it is lowering ...
virtual FastISel * createFastISel(FunctionLoweringInfo &, const TargetLibraryInfo *, const LibcallLoweringInfo *) const
This method returns a target specific FastISel object, or null if the target does not support "fast" ...
virtual unsigned combineRepeatedFPDivisors() const
Indicate whether this target prefers to combine FDIVs with the same divisor.
virtual AndOrSETCCFoldKind isDesirableToCombineLogicOpOfSETCC(const SDNode *LogicOp, const SDNode *SETCC0, const SDNode *SETCC1) const
virtual void HandleByVal(CCState *, unsigned &, Align) const
Target-specific cleanup for formal ByVal parameters.
virtual const MCPhysReg * getScratchRegisters(CallingConv::ID CC) const
Returns a 0 terminated array of registers that can be safely used as scratch registers.
virtual bool getPreIndexedAddressParts(SDNode *, SDValue &, SDValue &, ISD::MemIndexedMode &, SelectionDAG &) const
Returns true by value, base pointer and offset pointer and addressing mode by reference if the node's...
SDValue getVectorElementPointer(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue VecPtr, EVT VecVT, SDValue Index, const SDNodeFlags PtrArithFlags=SDNodeFlags()) const
Get a pointer to vector element Idx located in memory for a vector of type VecVT starting at a base a...
virtual bool supportSplitCSR(MachineFunction *MF) const
Return true if the target supports that a subset of CSRs for the given machine function is handled ex...
virtual bool isReassocProfitable(MachineRegisterInfo &MRI, Register N0, Register N1) const
virtual bool mayBeEmittedAsTailCall(const CallInst *) const
Return true if the target may be able emit the call instruction as a tail call.
virtual bool isInlineAsmTargetBranch(const SmallVectorImpl< StringRef > &AsmStrs, unsigned OpNo) const
On x86, return true if the operand with index OpNo is a CALL or JUMP instruction, which can use eithe...
SDValue getInboundsVectorElementPointer(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue VecPtr, EVT VecVT, SDValue Index) const
Get a pointer to vector element Idx located in memory for a vector of type VecVT starting at a base a...
virtual MVT getJumpTableRegTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
virtual void markLibCallAttributes(MachineFunction *MF, unsigned CC, ArgListTy &Args) const
virtual bool CanLowerReturn(CallingConv::ID, MachineFunction &, bool, const SmallVectorImpl< ISD::OutputArg > &, LLVMContext &, const Type *RetTy) const
This hook should be implemented to check whether the return values described by the Outs array can fi...
virtual bool isXAndYEqZeroPreferableToXAndYEqY(ISD::CondCode, EVT) const
virtual bool isDesirableToTransformToIntegerOp(unsigned, EVT) const
Return true if it is profitable for dag combiner to transform a floating point op of specified opcode...
Primary interface to the complete machine description for the target machine.
TargetRegisterInfo base class - We assume that the target defines a static array of TargetRegisterDes...
TargetSubtargetInfo - Generic base class for all target subtargets.
This pass provides access to the codegen interfaces that are needed for IR-level transformations.
Target - Wrapper for Target specific information.
The instances of the Type class are immutable: once they are created, they are never changed.
Definition Type.h:46
bool isVectorTy() const
True if this is an instance of VectorType.
Definition Type.h:283
static LLVM_ABI IntegerType * getInt32Ty(LLVMContext &C)
Definition Type.cpp:299
bool isPointerTy() const
True if this is an instance of PointerType.
Definition Type.h:277
bool isFloatingPointTy() const
Return true if this is one of the floating-point types.
Definition Type.h:186
bool isIntegerTy() const
True if this is an instance of IntegerType.
Definition Type.h:252
This is the common base class for vector predication intrinsics.
LLVM Value Representation.
Definition Value.h:75
Type * getType() const
All values are typed, get the type of this value.
Definition Value.h:257
CallInst * Call
#define UINT64_MAX
Definition DataTypes.h:77
#define llvm_unreachable(msg)
Marks that the current location is not supposed to be reachable.
unsigned ID
LLVM IR allows to use arbitrary numbers as calling convention identifiers.
Definition CallingConv.h:24
@ C
The default llvm calling convention, compatible with C.
Definition CallingConv.h:34
NodeType
ISD::NodeType enum - This enum defines the target-independent operators for a SelectionDAG.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:43
@ PARTIAL_REDUCE_SMLA
PARTIAL_REDUCE_[U|S]MLA(Accumulator, Input1, Input2) The partial reduction nodes sign or zero extend ...
@ SMUL_LOHI
SMUL_LOHI/UMUL_LOHI - Multiply two integers of type iN, producing a signed/unsigned value of type i[2...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:277
@ AVGSUBFLOORS
AVGSUBFLOORS/AVGSUBFLOORU - Averaging subtract - Subtract two integers using an integer of type i[N+1...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:739
@ SMULFIX
RESULT = [US]MULFIX(LHS, RHS, SCALE) - Perform fixed point multiplication on 2 integers with the same...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:397
@ ADDC
Carry-setting nodes for multiple precision addition and subtraction.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:296
@ FMAD
FMAD - Perform a * b + c, while getting the same result as the separately rounded operations.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:527
@ ADD
Simple integer binary arithmetic operators.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:266
@ SMULFIXSAT
Same as the corresponding unsaturated fixed point instructions, but the result is clamped between the...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:403
@ ANY_EXTEND
ANY_EXTEND - Used for integer types. The high bits are undefined.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:885
@ PSEUDO_FMIN
PSEUDO_FMIN is strictly equivalent to op0 olt op1 ?
@ FADD
Simple binary floating point operators.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:420
@ CLMUL
Carry-less multiplication operations.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:802
@ SDIVFIX
RESULT = [US]DIVFIX(LHS, RHS, SCALE) - Perform fixed point division on 2 integers with the same width...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:410
@ PARTIAL_REDUCE_UMLA
@ SIGN_EXTEND
Conversion operators.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:876
@ AVGCEILS
AVGCEILS/AVGCEILU - Rounding averaging add - Add two integers using an integer of type i[N+2],...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:731
@ PARTIAL_REDUCE_FMLA
@ BRIND
BRIND - Indirect branch.
@ BR_JT
BR_JT - Jumptable branch.
@ VECTOR_INTERLEAVE
VECTOR_INTERLEAVE(VEC1, VEC2, ...) - Returns N vectors from N input vectors, where N is the factor to...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:640
@ SSUBSAT
RESULT = [US]SUBSAT(LHS, RHS) - Perform saturation subtraction on 2 integers with the same bit width ...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:377
@ SPLAT_VECTOR
SPLAT_VECTOR(VAL) - Returns a vector with the scalar value VAL duplicated in all lanes.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:688
@ SADDO
RESULT, BOOL = [SU]ADDO(LHS, RHS) - Overflow-aware nodes for addition.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:351
@ MULHU
MULHU/MULHS - Multiply high - Multiply two integers of type iN, producing an unsigned/signed value of...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:720
@ SHL
Shift and rotation operations.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:793
@ FMINNUM_IEEE
FMINNUM_IEEE/FMAXNUM_IEEE - Same as FMINNUM/FMAXNUM, except that a signaling NaN operand deterministi...
@ ZERO_EXTEND
ZERO_EXTEND - Used for integer types, zeroing the new bits.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:882
@ FMINNUM
FMINNUM/FMAXNUM - Same semantics as the llvm.minnum/maxnum intrinsics.
@ SMIN
[US]{MIN/MAX} - Binary minimum or maximum of signed or unsigned integers.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:751
@ SDIVFIXSAT
Same as the corresponding unsaturated fixed point instructions, but the result is clamped between the...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:416
@ STRICT_FP_TO_UINT
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:483
@ STRICT_FP_TO_SINT
STRICT_FP_TO_[US]INT - Convert a floating point value to a signed or unsigned integer.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:482
@ FMINIMUM
FMINIMUM/FMAXIMUM - Same semantics as the llvm.minimum/maximum intrinsics.
@ FP_TO_SINT
FP_TO_[US]INT - Convert a floating point value to a signed or unsigned integer.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:958
@ AND
Bitwise operators - logical and, logical or, logical xor.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:763
@ AVGFLOORS
AVGFLOORS/AVGFLOORU - Averaging add - Add two integers using an integer of type i[N+1],...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:726
@ ADDE
Carry-using nodes for multiple precision addition and subtraction.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:306
@ SPLAT_VECTOR_PARTS
SPLAT_VECTOR_PARTS(SCALAR1, SCALAR2, ...) - Returns a vector with the scalar values joined together a...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:697
@ PARTIAL_REDUCE_SUMLA
@ SADDSAT
RESULT = [US]ADDSAT(LHS, RHS) - Perform saturation addition on 2 integers with the same bit width (W)...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:368
@ VECTOR_DEINTERLEAVE
VECTOR_DEINTERLEAVE(VEC1, VEC2, ...) - Returns N vectors from N input vectors, where N is the factor ...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:629
@ FMINIMUMNUM
FMINIMUMNUM/FMAXIMUMNUM - Same semantics as the llvm.minimumnum/maximumnum intrinsics.
@ ABDS
ABDS/ABDU - Absolute difference - Return the absolute difference between two numbers interpreted as s...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:746
static const int LAST_LOADEXT_TYPE
MemIndexedMode
MemIndexedMode enum - This enum defines the load / store indexed addressing modes.
CondCode
ISD::CondCode enum - These are ordered carefully to make the bitfields below work out,...
LoadExtType
LoadExtType enum - This enum defines the three variants of LOADEXT (load with extension).
This namespace contains an enum with a value for every intrinsic/builtin function known by LLVM.
@ System
Synchronized with respect to all concurrently executing threads.
Definition LLVMContext.h:66
This namespace contains all of the command line option processing machinery.
This is an optimization pass for GlobalISel generic memory operations.
GenericUniformityInfo< SSAContext > UniformityInfo
@ Low
Lower the current thread's priority such that it does not affect foreground tasks significantly.
Definition Threading.h:280
@ Offset
Definition DWP.cpp:577
void fill(R &&Range, T &&Value)
Provide wrappers to std::fill which take ranges instead of having to pass begin/end explicitly.
Definition STLExtras.h:1775
LLVM_ABI void GetReturnInfo(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ReturnType, AttributeList attr, SmallVectorImpl< ISD::OutputArg > &Outs, const TargetLowering &TLI, const DataLayout &DL)
Given an LLVM IR type and return type attributes, compute the return value EVTs and flags,...
InstructionCost Cost
@ Known
Known to have no common set bits.
decltype(auto) dyn_cast(const From &Val)
dyn_cast<X> - Return the argument parameter cast to the specified type.
Definition Casting.h:643
bool isAligned(Align Lhs, uint64_t SizeInBytes)
Checks that SizeInBytes is a multiple of the alignment.
Definition Alignment.h:139
@ Load
The value being inserted comes from a load (InsertElement only).
@ Store
The extracted value is stored (ExtractElement only).
constexpr int popcount(T Value) noexcept
Count the number of set bits in a value.
Definition bit.h:156
unsigned Log2_64(uint64_t Value)
Return the floor log base 2 of the specified value, -1 if the value is zero.
Definition MathExtras.h:332
LLVM_ABI bool isConstTrueVal(const TargetLowering &TLI, int64_t Val, bool IsVector, bool IsFP)
Returns true if given the TargetLowering's boolean contents information, the value Val contains a tru...
Definition Utils.cpp:1765
constexpr bool isPowerOf2_32(uint32_t Value)
Return true if the argument is a power of two > 0.
Definition MathExtras.h:280
FPClassTest
Floating-point class tests, supported by 'is_fpclass' intrinsic.
CodeGenOptLevel
Code generation optimization level.
Definition CodeGen.h:280
@ Default
-O2, -Os, -Oz
Definition CodeGen.h:283
bool isa(const From &Val)
isa<X> - Return true if the parameter to the template is an instance of one of the template type argu...
Definition Casting.h:547
LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_VISIBILITY_DEFAULT AnalysisKey InnerAnalysisManagerProxy< AnalysisManagerT, IRUnitT, ExtraArgTs... >::Key
AtomicOrdering
Atomic ordering for LLVM's memory model.
LLVM_ABI EVT getApproximateEVTForLLT(LLT Ty, LLVMContext &Ctx)
TargetTransformInfo TTI
CombineLevel
Definition DAGCombine.h:15
@ AfterLegalizeDAG
Definition DAGCombine.h:19
@ AfterLegalizeVectorOps
Definition DAGCombine.h:18
@ BeforeLegalizeTypes
Definition DAGCombine.h:16
uint16_t MCPhysReg
An unsigned integer type large enough to represent all physical registers, but not necessarily virtua...
Definition MCRegister.h:21
@ Fast
Assign the register banks as fast as possible (default).
LLVM_ABI bool isInTailCallPosition(const CallBase &Call, const TargetMachine &TM, bool ReturnsFirstArg=false)
Test if the given instruction is in a position to be optimized with a tail-call.
Definition Analysis.cpp:656
DWARFExpression::Operation Op
LLVM_ABI bool isConstFalseVal(const TargetLowering &TLI, int64_t Val, bool IsVector, bool IsFP)
Definition Utils.cpp:1778
constexpr unsigned BitWidth
OutputIt move(R &&Range, OutputIt Out)
Provide wrappers to std::move which take ranges instead of having to pass begin/end explicitly.
Definition STLExtras.h:1933
ExceptionHandling
Definition CodeGen.h:54
UndefPoisonKind
Enumeration to track whether we are interested in Undef, Poison, or both.
Definition UndefPoison.h:20
MCRegisterClass TargetRegisterClass
Definition FastISel.h:58
LLVM_ABI void reportFatalUsageError(Error Err)
Report a fatal error that does not indicate a bug in LLVM.
Definition Error.cpp:177
Implement std::hash so that hash_code can be used in STL containers.
Definition BitVector.h:879
#define N
This struct is a compact representation of a valid (non-zero power of two) alignment.
Definition Alignment.h:39
constexpr uint64_t value() const
This is a hole in the type system and should not be abused.
Definition Alignment.h:82
Represent subnormal handling kind for floating point instruction inputs and outputs.
Extended Value Type.
Definition ValueTypes.h:35
bool isSimple() const
Test if the given EVT is simple (as opposed to being extended).
Definition ValueTypes.h:160
static EVT getVectorVT(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, unsigned NumElements, bool IsScalable=false)
Returns the EVT that represents a vector NumElements in length, where each element is of type VT.
Definition ValueTypes.h:70
bool bitsLT(EVT VT) const
Return true if this has less bits than VT.
Definition ValueTypes.h:338
bool isFloatingPoint() const
Return true if this is a FP or a vector FP type.
Definition ValueTypes.h:170
bool isByteSized() const
Return true if the bit size is a multiple of 8.
Definition ValueTypes.h:281
static LLVM_ABI EVT getEVT(Type *Ty, bool HandleUnknown=false)
Return the value type corresponding to the specified type.
MVT getSimpleVT() const
Return the SimpleValueType held in the specified simple EVT.
Definition ValueTypes.h:354
bool isFixedLengthVector() const
Definition ValueTypes.h:214
bool isVector() const
Return true if this is a vector value type.
Definition ValueTypes.h:191
bool isExtended() const
Test if the given EVT is extended (as opposed to being simple).
Definition ValueTypes.h:165
bool isScalarInteger() const
Return true if this is an integer, but not a vector.
Definition ValueTypes.h:180
unsigned getVectorNumElements() const
Given a vector type, return the number of elements it contains.
Definition ValueTypes.h:374
ConstraintInfo()=default
Default constructor.
This struct is a compact representation of a valid (power of two) or undefined (0) alignment.
Definition Alignment.h:111
bool isDstAligned(Align AlignCheck) const
bool isFixedDstAlign() const
uint64_t size() const
static MemOp Set(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign, bool IsZeroMemset, bool IsVolatile)
Align getDstAlign() const
bool isMemcpyStrSrc() const
bool isAligned(Align AlignCheck) const
static MemOp Copy(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign, Align SrcAlign, bool IsVolatile, bool MemcpyStrSrc=false)
bool isSrcAligned(Align AlignCheck) const
bool isMemcpyOrMemmoveWithFixedDstAlign() const
bool isMemcpyOrMemmove() const
bool isMemmove() const
bool isMemset() const
bool isMemcpy() const
static MemOp Move(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign, Align SrcAlign, bool IsVolatile)
bool isZeroMemset() const
bool isVolatile() const
Align getSrcAlign() const
A simple container for information about the supported runtime calls.
static StringRef getLibcallImplName(RTLIB::LibcallImpl CallImpl)
Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall implementation.
These are IR-level optimization flags that may be propagated to SDNodes.
This represents an addressing mode of: BaseGV + BaseOffs + BaseReg + Scale*ScaleReg + ScalableOffset*...
std::optional< unsigned > fallbackAddressSpace
PointerUnion< const Value *, const PseudoSourceValue * > ptrVal
This contains information for each constraint that we are lowering.
AsmOperandInfo(InlineAsm::ConstraintInfo Info)
Copy constructor for copying from a ConstraintInfo.
MVT ConstraintVT
The ValueType for the operand value.
TargetLowering::ConstraintType ConstraintType
Information about the constraint code, e.g.
std::string ConstraintCode
This contains the actual string for the code, like "m".
Value * CallOperandVal
If this is the result output operand or a clobber, this is null, otherwise it is the incoming operand...
This structure contains all information that is necessary for lowering calls.
CallLoweringInfo & setConvergent(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setIsPostTypeLegalization(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setDeactivationSymbol(GlobalValue *Sym)
CallLoweringInfo & setCallee(Type *ResultType, FunctionType *FTy, SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList, const CallBase &Call)
CallLoweringInfo & setCFIType(const ConstantInt *Type)
CallLoweringInfo & setInRegister(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setLibCallee(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ResultType, SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList)
SmallVector< ISD::InputArg, 32 > Ins
CallLoweringInfo & setVarArg(bool Value=true)
Type * OrigRetTy
Original unlegalized return type.
std::optional< PtrAuthInfo > PAI
CallLoweringInfo & setDiscardResult(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setZExtResult(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setIsPatchPoint(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setDebugLoc(const SDLoc &dl)
CallLoweringInfo & setLibCallee(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ResultType, Type *OrigResultType, SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList)
CallLoweringInfo & setTailCall(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setIsPreallocated(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setSExtResult(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setNoReturn(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setConvergenceControlToken(SDValue Token)
SmallVector< ISD::OutputArg, 32 > Outs
Type * RetTy
Same as OrigRetTy, or partially legalized for soft float libcalls.
CallLoweringInfo & setChain(SDValue InChain)
CallLoweringInfo & setPtrAuth(PtrAuthInfo Value)
CallLoweringInfo & setCallee(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ResultType, SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList, AttributeSet ResultAttrs={})
DAGCombinerInfo(SelectionDAG &dag, CombineLevel level, bool cl, void *dc)
This structure is used to pass arguments to makeLibCall function.
MakeLibCallOptions & setIsPostTypeLegalization(bool Value=true)
MakeLibCallOptions & setDiscardResult(bool Value=true)
MakeLibCallOptions & setTypeListBeforeSoften(ArrayRef< EVT > OpsVT, EVT RetVT)
MakeLibCallOptions & setIsSigned(bool Value=true)
MakeLibCallOptions & setNoReturn(bool Value=true)
MakeLibCallOptions & setOpsTypeOverrides(ArrayRef< Type * > OpsTypes)
Override the argument type for an operand.
This structure contains the information necessary for lowering pointer-authenticating indirect calls.
A convenience struct that encapsulates a DAG, and two SDValues for returning information from TargetL...
TargetLoweringOpt(SelectionDAG &InDAG, bool LT, bool LO)